merge trunktip_415

97 files changed, 2783 insertions, 1866 deletions

diff --git a/generic/default.h b/generic/default.h
index 6156f4d..e6ef132 100644
--- a/generic/default.h
+++ b/generic/default.h
@@ -14,8 +14,7 @@
 #ifndef _DEFAULT
 #define _DEFAULT
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(_WIN32) || \
-    defined(__MINGW32__)
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #   include "tkWinDefault.h"
 #else
 #   if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
diff --git a/generic/tk.decls b/generic/tk.decls
index 11b4f87..9ceb3af 100644
--- a/generic/tk.decls
+++ b/generic/tk.decls
@@ -1069,13 +1069,6 @@ declare 273 {
     void Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat(const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr)
 }
 
-declare 274 {
-    void reserved274(void)
-}
-declare 275 {
-    void reserved275(void)
-}
-
 # Define the platform specific public Tk interface.  These functions are
 # only available on the designated platform.
 
diff --git a/generic/tk.h b/generic/tk.h
index add2822..6abb05e 100644
--- a/generic/tk.h
+++ b/generic/tk.h
@@ -18,9 +18,34 @@
 
 #include <tcl.h>
 #if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION != 8) || (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6)
-#	error Tk 8.6 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.6 or better
+#	error Tk 8.7 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.6 or better
 #endif
-
+
+#ifndef CONST84
+#   define CONST84 const
+#   define CONST84_RETURN const
+#endif
+#ifndef CONST86
+#   define CONST86 CONST84
+#endif
+#ifndef EXTERN
+#   define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Utility macros: STRINGIFY takes an argument and wraps it in "" (double
+ * quotation marks), JOIN joins two arguments.
+ */
+
+#ifndef STRINGIFY
+#  define STRINGIFY(x) STRINGIFY1(x)
+#  define STRINGIFY1(x) #x
+#endif
+#ifndef JOIN
+#  define JOIN(a,b) JOIN1(a,b)
+#  define JOIN1(a,b) a##b
+#endif
+
 /*
  * For C++ compilers, use extern "C"
  */
@@ -48,12 +73,12 @@ extern "C" {
  */
 
 #define TK_MAJOR_VERSION	8
-#define TK_MINOR_VERSION	6
-#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL	TCL_BETA_RELEASE
-#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL	3
+#define TK_MINOR_VERSION	7
+#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL	TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE
+#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL	0
 
-#define TK_VERSION		"8.6"
-#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL		"8.6b3"
+#define TK_VERSION		"8.7"
+#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL		"8.7a0"
 
 /*
  * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
@@ -1471,7 +1496,7 @@ typedef struct Tk_ElementSpec {
 #define Tk_Release		Tcl_Release
 
 /* Removed Tk_Main, use macro instead */
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
 #define Tk_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tk_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
 	(Tcl_FindExecutable(0), (Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
 #else
diff --git a/generic/tk3d.c b/generic/tk3d.c
index dd7ab2f..87ddf76 100644
--- a/generic/tk3d.c
+++ b/generic/tk3d.c
@@ -624,8 +624,8 @@ Tk_GetReliefFromObj(
 				 * from. */
     int *resultPtr)		/* Where to place the answer. */
 {
-    return Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objPtr, reliefStrings, "relief", 0,
-	    resultPtr);
+    return Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objPtr, reliefStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "relief", 0, resultPtr);
 }
 
 /*
diff --git a/generic/tkBind.c b/generic/tkBind.c
index 7126e24..9cd3b7b 100644
--- a/generic/tkBind.c
+++ b/generic/tkBind.c
@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
-#endif
-
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* UNIX */
+#elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
+#else
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ typedef struct {
 				 * button (0 means any buttons are OK). For
 				 * virtual events, specifies the Tk_Uid of the
 				 * virtual event name (never 0). */
-} Pattern;
+} TkPattern;
 
 /*
  * The following structure defines a pattern sequence, which consists of one
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ typedef struct PatSeq {
 				 * for end of list). Needed to implement
 				 * Tk_DeleteAllBindings. In a virtual event
 				 * table, always NULL. */
-    Pattern pats[1];		/* Array of "numPats" patterns. Only one
+    TkPattern pats[1];		/* Array of "numPats" patterns. Only one
 				 * element is declared here but in actuality
 				 * enough space will be allocated for
 				 * "numPats" patterns. To match, pats[0] must
@@ -612,7 +612,8 @@ static int		DeleteVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    const char *eventString);
 static void		DeleteVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
 static void		ExpandPercents(TkWindow *winPtr, const char *before,
-			    XEvent *eventPtr,KeySym keySym,Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
+			    XEvent *eventPtr,KeySym keySym,
+			    unsigned int scriptCount, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
 static PatSeq *		FindSequence(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_HashTable *patternTablePtr, ClientData object,
 			    const char *eventString, int create,
@@ -635,7 +636,7 @@ static PatSeq *		MatchPatterns(TkDisplay *dispPtr,
 static int		NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window main,
 			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *tkwinPtr);
 static int		ParseEventDescription(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    const char **eventStringPtr, Pattern *patPtr,
+			    const char **eventStringPtr, TkPattern *patPtr,
 			    unsigned long *eventMaskPtr);
 static void		DoWarp(ClientData clientData);
 
@@ -1221,6 +1222,7 @@ Tk_BindEvent(
     XEvent *ringPtr;
     PatSeq *vMatchDetailList, *vMatchNoDetailList;
     int flags, oldScreen;
+    unsigned int scriptCount;
     Tcl_Interp *interp;
     Tcl_DString scripts;
     Tcl_InterpState interpState;
@@ -1372,6 +1374,7 @@ Tk_BindEvent(
      * each object.
      */
 
+    scriptCount = 0;
     Tcl_DStringInit(&scripts);
 
     for ( ; numObjects > 0; numObjects--, objectPtr++) {
@@ -1421,7 +1424,7 @@ Tk_BindEvent(
 
 	if (matchPtr != NULL) {
 	    ExpandPercents(winPtr, sourcePtr->script, eventPtr,
-		    detail.keySym, &scripts);
+		    detail.keySym, scriptCount++, &scripts);
 
 	    /*
 	     * A "" is added to the scripts string to separate the various
@@ -1601,7 +1604,7 @@ MatchPatterns(
     for ( ; psPtr != NULL; psPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr) {
 	XEvent *eventPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
 	Detail *detailPtr = &bindPtr->detailRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
-	Pattern *patPtr = psPtr->pats;
+	TkPattern *patPtr = psPtr->pats;
 	Window window = eventPtr->xany.window;
 	int patCount, ringCount, flags, state, modMask, i;
 
@@ -1815,7 +1818,7 @@ MatchPatterns(
 	 */
 
 	if (bestPtr != NULL) {
-	    Pattern *patPtr2;
+	    TkPattern *patPtr2;
 
 	    if (matchPtr->numPats != bestPtr->numPats) {
 		if (bestPtr->numPats > matchPtr->numPats) {
@@ -1903,6 +1906,8 @@ ExpandPercents(
 				 * in % replacements. */
     KeySym keySym,		/* KeySym: only relevant for KeyPress and
 				 * KeyRelease events). */
+    unsigned int scriptCount,	/* The number of script-based binding patterns
+				 * matched so far for this event. */
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Dynamic string in which to append new
 				 * command. */
 {
@@ -2184,6 +2189,9 @@ ExpandPercents(
 		}
 	    }
 	    goto doString;
+	case 'M':
+	    number = scriptCount;
+	    goto doNumber;
 	case 'N':
 	    if ((flags & KEY) && (eventPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent)) {
 		number = (int) keySym;
@@ -2297,7 +2305,7 @@ ChangeScreen(
     int code;
 
     Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
-    code = Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(interp, cmdObj);
+    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
     if (code != TCL_OK) {
 	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
 		"\n    (changing screen in event binding)");
@@ -2349,8 +2357,8 @@ Tk_EventObjCmd(
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -2643,7 +2651,7 @@ DeleteVirtualEvent(
 	eventPSPtr = FindSequence(interp, &vetPtr->patternTable, NULL,
 		eventString, 0, 0, &eventMask);
 	if (eventPSPtr == NULL) {
-	    const char *string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
+	    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
 
 	    return (string[0] != '\0') ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK;
 	}
@@ -2879,7 +2887,7 @@ HandleEventGenerate(
     const char *name, *windowName;
     int count, flags, synch, i, number, warp;
     Tcl_QueuePosition pos;
-    Pattern pat;
+    TkPattern pat;
     Tk_Window tkwin, tkwin2;
     TkWindow *mainPtr;
     unsigned long eventMask;
@@ -3006,8 +3014,8 @@ HandleEventGenerate(
 	optionPtr = objv[i];
 	valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
 
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, fieldStrings, "option",
-		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, optionPtr, fieldStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (objc & 1) {
@@ -3618,10 +3626,10 @@ FindSequence(
     unsigned long *maskPtr)	/* *maskPtr is filled in with the event types
 				 * on which this pattern sequence depends. */
 {
-    Pattern pats[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+    TkPattern pats[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE];
     int numPats, virtualFound;
     const char *p;
-    Pattern *patPtr;
+    TkPattern *patPtr;
     PatSeq *psPtr;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     int flags, count, isNew;
@@ -3707,7 +3715,7 @@ FindSequence(
     key.type = patPtr->eventType;
     key.detail = patPtr->detail;
     hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(patternTablePtr, (char *) &key, &isNew);
-    sequenceSize = numPats*sizeof(Pattern);
+    sequenceSize = numPats*sizeof(TkPattern);
     if (!isNew) {
 	for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr != NULL;
 		psPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr) {
@@ -3733,7 +3741,7 @@ FindSequence(
 
 	return NULL;
     }
-    psPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(PatSeq) + (numPats-1)*sizeof(Pattern));
+    psPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(PatSeq) + (numPats-1)*sizeof(TkPattern));
     psPtr->numPats = numPats;
     psPtr->script = NULL;
     psPtr->flags = flags;
@@ -3777,7 +3785,7 @@ ParseEventDescription(
     const char **eventStringPtr,/* On input, holds a pointer to start of event
 				 * string. On exit, gets pointer to rest of
 				 * string after parsed event. */
-    Pattern *patPtr,		/* Filled with the pattern parsed from the
+    TkPattern *patPtr,		/* Filled with the pattern parsed from the
 				 * event string. */
     unsigned long *eventMaskPtr)/* Filled with event mask of matched event. */
 {
@@ -4065,7 +4073,7 @@ static Tcl_Obj *
 GetPatternObj(
     PatSeq *psPtr)
 {
-    Pattern *patPtr;
+    TkPattern *patPtr;
     int patsLeft, needMods;
     const ModInfo *modPtr;
     const EventInfo *eiPtr;
@@ -4113,15 +4121,15 @@ GetPatternObj(
 	Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "<", 1);
 
 	if ((psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) && (patsLeft > 1)
-		&& (memcmp(patPtr, patPtr-1, sizeof(Pattern)) == 0)) {
+		&& (memcmp(patPtr, patPtr-1, sizeof(TkPattern)) == 0)) {
 	    patsLeft--;
 	    patPtr--;
 	    if ((patsLeft > 1) &&
-		    (memcmp(patPtr, patPtr-1, sizeof(Pattern)) == 0)) {
+		    (memcmp(patPtr, patPtr-1, sizeof(TkPattern)) == 0)) {
 		patsLeft--;
 		patPtr--;
 		if ((patsLeft > 1) &&
-			(memcmp(patPtr, patPtr-1, sizeof(Pattern)) == 0)) {
+			(memcmp(patPtr, patPtr-1, sizeof(TkPattern)) == 0)) {
 		    patsLeft--;
 		    patPtr--;
 		    Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Quadruple-", 10);
diff --git a/generic/tkBitmap.c b/generic/tkBitmap.c
index 729fff4..88f3e2b 100644
--- a/generic/tkBitmap.c
+++ b/generic/tkBitmap.c
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ GetBitmap(
     TkBitmap *bitmapPtr, *existingBitmapPtr;
     TkPredefBitmap *predefPtr;
     Pixmap bitmap;
-    int isNew, width, height, dummy2;
+    int isNew, width = 0, height = 0, dummy2;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
     ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
diff --git a/generic/tkBusy.c b/generic/tkBusy.c
index 8f73d80..65248a2 100644
--- a/generic/tkBusy.c
+++ b/generic/tkBusy.c
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ static void		BusyCustodyProc(ClientData clientData,
 static int		ConfigureBusy(Tcl_Interp *interp, Busy *busyPtr,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static Busy *		CreateBusy(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkRef);
-static void		DestroyBusy(char *dataPtr);
+static void		DestroyBusy(void *dataPtr);
 static void		DoConfigureNotify(Tk_FakeWin *winPtr);
 static inline Tk_Window	FirstChild(Tk_Window parent);
 static Busy *		GetBusy(Tcl_Interp *interp,
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ BusyCustodyProc(
 	    busyPtr);
     TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
     busyPtr->tkBusy = NULL;
-    Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, DestroyBusy);
+    Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyBusy);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ RefWinEventProc(
 	 * Arrange for the busy structure to be removed at a proper time.
 	 */
 
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, DestroyBusy);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyBusy);
 	break;
 
     case ConfigureNotify:
@@ -333,9 +333,9 @@ RefWinEventProc(
 
 static void
 DestroyBusy(
-    char *data)			/* Busy window structure record */
+    void *data)			/* Busy window structure record */
 {
-    register Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *) data;
+    register Busy *busyPtr = data;
 
     if (busyPtr->hashPtr != NULL) {
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(busyPtr->hashPtr);
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ BusyEventProc(
 
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
 	busyPtr->tkBusy = NULL;
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, DestroyBusy);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyBusy);
     }
 }
 
@@ -816,8 +816,8 @@ Tk_BusyObjCmd(
 	return HoldBusy(busyTablePtr, interp, objv[1], objc-2, objv+2);
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     switch ((enum options) index) {
@@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ Tk_BusyObjCmd(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, DestroyBusy);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(busyPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyBusy);
 	return TCL_OK;
 
     case BUSY_HOLD:
diff --git a/generic/tkButton.c b/generic/tkButton.c
index e2c754e..b7e314e 100644
--- a/generic/tkButton.c
+++ b/generic/tkButton.c
@@ -797,8 +797,8 @@ ButtonWidgetObjCmd(
         Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], commandNames[butPtr->type],
-	    "option", 0, &index);
+    result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], commandNames[butPtr->type],
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);
     if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	return result;
     }
@@ -962,8 +962,8 @@ DestroyButton(
 
     Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(butPtr->interp, butPtr->widgetCmd);
     if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(butPtr->interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(butPtr->interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		ButtonTextVarProc, butPtr);
     }
     if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
@@ -997,8 +997,8 @@ DestroyButton(
 	Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
     }
     if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(butPtr->interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(butPtr->interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		ButtonVarProc, butPtr);
     }
     Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) butPtr, butPtr->optionTable,
@@ -1045,13 +1045,13 @@ ConfigureButton(
      */
 
     if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		ButtonTextVarProc, butPtr);
     }
     if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		ButtonVarProc, butPtr);
     }
 
@@ -1297,13 +1297,13 @@ ConfigureButton(
      */
 
     if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		ButtonTextVarProc, butPtr);
     }
     if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		ButtonVarProc, butPtr);
     }
 
@@ -1618,8 +1618,8 @@ ButtonVarProc(
     if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
 	butPtr->flags &= ~(SELECTED | TRISTATED);
 	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
-	    Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
-		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
+		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		    ButtonVarProc, clientData);
 	}
 	goto redisplay;
@@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ ButtonVarProc(
 	}
 	butPtr->flags |= SELECTED;
         butPtr->flags &= ~TRISTATED;
-    } else if (butPtr->offValuePtr 
+    } else if (butPtr->offValuePtr
 	&& strcmp(value, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->offValuePtr)) == 0) {
 	if (!(butPtr->flags & (SELECTED | TRISTATED))) {
 	    return NULL;
@@ -1712,8 +1712,8 @@ ButtonTextVarProc(
 	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
 	    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, butPtr->textVarNamePtr, NULL,
 		    butPtr->textPtr, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-	    Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
-		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
+		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		    ButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
 	}
 	return NULL;
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvArc.c b/generic/tkCanvArc.c
index dfa0671..ef2ef72 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvArc.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvArc.c
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ CreateArc(
     arcPtr->fillGC = None;
     arcPtr->height = 0;
 
-	
+
     /*
      * Process the arguments to fill in the item record.
      */
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ ArcCoords(
 	arcPtr->startPoint[1] = arcPtr->bbox[1];
 	arcPtr->endPoint[0] = arcPtr->bbox[2];
 	arcPtr->endPoint[1] = arcPtr->bbox[3];
-	
+
 	ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
     } else {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ ConfigureArc(
 	ComputeArcFromHeight(arcPtr);
 	ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
     }
-    
+
     i = (int) (arcPtr->start/360.0);
     arcPtr->start -= i*360.0;
     if (arcPtr->start < 0) {
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ ConfigureArc(
     } else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_BOTTOM) {
 	tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[2] + 0.5);
     }
-	
+
     mask = Tk_ConfigOutlineGC(&gcValues, canvas, itemPtr, &(arcPtr->outline));
     if (mask) {
 	gcValues.cap_style = CapButt;
@@ -606,14 +606,14 @@ ComputeArcFromHeight(
 		     ArcItem* arcPtr)
 {
     double chordLen, chordDir[2], chordCen[2], arcCen[2], d, radToDeg, radius;
-	
+
     /* The chord */
     chordLen = hypot(arcPtr->endPoint[1]-arcPtr->startPoint[1], arcPtr->startPoint[0]-arcPtr->endPoint[0]);
     chordDir[0] = (arcPtr->endPoint[0]-arcPtr->startPoint[0])/chordLen;
     chordDir[1] = (arcPtr->endPoint[1]-arcPtr->startPoint[1])/chordLen;
     chordCen[0] = (arcPtr->startPoint[0]+arcPtr->endPoint[0])/2;
     chordCen[1] = (arcPtr->startPoint[1]+arcPtr->endPoint[1])/2;
-    
+
     /* Calculate the radius (assumes height != 0) */
     radius = (4*pow(arcPtr->height,2) + pow(chordLen,2))/(8*arcPtr->height);
 
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ ComputeArcFromHeight(
 
     /* Set the height to 0 so that itemcget -height returns 0 */
     arcPtr->height = 0;
-   
+
 }
 
 /*
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvLine.c b/generic/tkCanvLine.c
index 9d68c37..087aa56 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvLine.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvLine.c
@@ -1743,11 +1743,10 @@ GetLineIndex(
     int *indexPtr)		/* Where to store converted index. */
 {
     LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
-    int length;
-    const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);
+    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(obj);
 
     if (string[0] == 'e') {
-	if (strncmp(string, "end", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
+	if (strncmp(string, "end", obj->length) == 0) {
 	    *indexPtr = 2*linePtr->numPoints;
 	} else {
 	    goto badIndex;
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvPoly.c b/generic/tkCanvPoly.c
index f8ea42b..b4ef098 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvPoly.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvPoly.c
@@ -1673,11 +1673,10 @@ GetPolygonIndex(
     int *indexPtr)		/* Where to store converted index. */
 {
     PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
-    int length;
-    const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);
+    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(obj);
 
     if (string[0] == 'e') {
-	if (strncmp(string, "end", (unsigned)length) != 0) {
+	if (strncmp(string, "end", obj->length) != 0) {
 	    goto badIndex;
 	}
 	*indexPtr = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvPs.c b/generic/tkCanvPs.c
index 0c7b0dd..c6470dd 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvPs.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvPs.c
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(
      * such.
      */
 
-    result = Tcl_Eval(interp, "::tk::ensure_psenc_is_loaded");
+    result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, "::tk::ensure_psenc_is_loaded", -1, 0);
     if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	return result;
     }
@@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ GetPostscriptPoints(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-#ifdef WIN32
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include <windows.h>
 
 /*
@@ -1178,15 +1178,15 @@ GetPostscriptPoints(
  #define GetBValue(rgb)	((BYTE)((rgb)>>16))
  */
 
-#else /* !WIN32 */
+#else /* !_WIN32 */
 
 #define GetRValue(rgb)	((rgb & cdata->red_mask) >> cdata->red_shift)
 #define GetGValue(rgb)	((rgb & cdata->green_mask) >> cdata->green_shift)
 #define GetBValue(rgb)	((rgb & cdata->blue_mask) >> cdata->blue_shift)
 
-#endif /* WIN32 */
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
 
-#if defined(WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
 static void
 TkImageGetColor(
     TkColormapData *cdata,	/* Colormap data */
@@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ TkImageGetColor(
     *green = (double) GetGValue(pixel) / 255.0;
     *blue  = (double) GetBValue(pixel) / 255.0;
 }
-#else /* ! (WIN32 || MAC_OSX_TK) */
+#else /* ! (_WIN32 || MAC_OSX_TK) */
 static void
 TkImageGetColor(
     TkColormapData *cdata,	/* Colormap data */
@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ TkImageGetColor(
 	*blue  = cdata->colors[pixel].blue / 65535.0;
     }
 }
-#endif /* WIN32 || MAC_OSX_TK */
+#endif /* _WIN32 || MAC_OSX_TK */
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvUtil.c b/generic/tkCanvUtil.c
index 23c73e5..cbbc2b4 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvUtil.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvUtil.c
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ Tk_CanvasPsOutline(
 	char *p = ptr;
 
 	converted = Tcl_ObjPrintf("%d", *p++ & 0xff);
-	for (i = dash->number-1 ; i>=0 ; i--) {
+	for (i = dash->number-1 ; i>0 ; i--) {
 	    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(converted, " %d", *p++ & 0xff);
 	}
 	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, converted);
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvas.c b/generic/tkCanvas.c
index 07f1cfe..9c4d60a 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvas.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvas.c
@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
 	    command = Tk_GetBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
 		    object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
 	    if (command == NULL) {
-		const char *string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
+		const char *string = Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
 
 		/*
 		 * Ignore missing binding errors. This is a special hack that
@@ -1242,14 +1242,15 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
 	int isNew = 0;
 	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
 	const char *arg;
-	int length;
+	size_t length;
 
 	if (objc < 3) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type coords ?arg ...?");
 	    result = TCL_ERROR;
 	    goto done;
 	}
-	arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);
+	arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+	length = objv[2]->length;
 	c = arg[0];
 
 	/*
@@ -1261,7 +1262,7 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
 	Tcl_MutexLock(&typeListMutex);
 	for (typePtr = typeList; typePtr != NULL; typePtr = typePtr->nextPtr){
 	    if ((c == typePtr->name[0])
-		    && (!strncmp(arg, typePtr->name, (unsigned)length))) {
+		    && (!strncmp(arg, typePtr->name, length))) {
 		if (matchPtr != NULL) {
 		    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&typeListMutex);
 		    goto badType;
@@ -2446,6 +2447,19 @@ DisplayCanvas(
 	goto done;
     }
 
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+    /*
+     * If drawing is disabled, all we need to do is
+     * clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
+     */
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)(canvasPtr->tkwin);
+    MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
+    if (macWin && (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW)){
+	canvasPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
     /*
      * Choose a new current item if that is needed (this could cause event
      * handlers to be invoked).
@@ -5539,6 +5553,7 @@ CanvasUpdateScrollbars(
     int xOrigin, yOrigin, inset, width, height;
     int scrollX1, scrollX2, scrollY1, scrollY2;
     char *xScrollCmd, *yScrollCmd;
+    Tcl_DString buf;
 
     /*
      * Save all the relevant values from the canvasPtr, because it might be
@@ -5569,8 +5584,12 @@ CanvasUpdateScrollbars(
 	Tcl_Obj *fractions = ScrollFractions(xOrigin + inset,
 		xOrigin + width - inset, scrollX1, scrollX2);
 
-	result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, xScrollCmd," ",Tcl_GetString(fractions),
-		NULL);
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, xScrollCmd, -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(fractions), -1);
+	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(fractions);
 	if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
@@ -5583,8 +5602,12 @@ CanvasUpdateScrollbars(
 	Tcl_Obj *fractions = ScrollFractions(yOrigin + inset,
 		yOrigin + height - inset, scrollY1, scrollY2);
 
-	result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, yScrollCmd," ",Tcl_GetString(fractions),
-		NULL);
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, yScrollCmd, -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(fractions), -1);
+	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(fractions);
 	if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
diff --git a/generic/tkCmds.c b/generic/tkCmds.c
index 4e9494b..6196b17 100644
--- a/generic/tkCmds.c
+++ b/generic/tkCmds.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
 
-#if defined(WIN32)
+#if defined(_WIN32)
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
 #elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
 #include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ static int		WindowingsystemCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
 MODULE_SCOPE const TkEnsemble tkFontchooserEnsemble[];
 #else
 #define tkFontchooserEnsemble NULL
@@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ Tk_BellObjCmd(
     }
 
     for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], bellOptions, "option", 0,
-		&index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], bellOptions,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	switch ((enum options) index) {
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ TkFreeBindingTags(
 	     * have to be freed.
 	     */
 
-	    ckfree(p);
+	    ckfree((char *)p);
 	}
     }
     ckfree(winPtr->tagPtr);
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ TkInitTkCmd(
     ClientData clientData)
 {
     TkMakeEnsemble(interp, "::", "tk", clientData, tkCmdMap);
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
     TkInitFontchooser(interp, clientData);
 #endif
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ WindowingsystemCmd(
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-#if defined(WIN32)
+#if defined(_WIN32)
     windowingsystem = "win32";
 #elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
     windowingsystem = "aqua";
@@ -1018,8 +1018,8 @@ Tk_TkwaitObjCmd(
 
     switch ((enum options) index) {
     case TKWAIT_VARIABLE:
-	if (Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	if (Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		WaitVariableProc, &done) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -1031,8 +1031,8 @@ Tk_TkwaitObjCmd(
 	    }
 	    Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
 	}
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		WaitVariableProc, &done);
 	break;
 
@@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ TkGetDisplayOf(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * TkDeadAppCmd --
+ * TkDeadAppObjCmd --
  *
  *	If an application has been deleted then all Tk commands will be
  *	re-bound to this function.
@@ -2111,15 +2111,15 @@ TkGetDisplayOf(
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
 int
-TkDeadAppCmd(
+TkDeadAppObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Dummy. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-	    "can't invoke \"%s\" command: application has been destroyed", 
-	    argv[0]));
+	    "can't invoke \"%s\" command: application has been destroyed",
+	    Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
 
diff --git a/generic/tkColor.c b/generic/tkColor.c
index e4fa3f7..9abb448 100644
--- a/generic/tkColor.c
+++ b/generic/tkColor.c
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ TkDebugColor(
     return resultPtr;
 }
 
-#ifndef __WIN32__
+#ifndef _WIN32
 
 /* This function is not necessary for Win32,
  * since XParseColor already does the right thing */
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ TkParseColor(
 done:
     return XParseColor(display, map, name, color);
 }
-#endif /* __WIN32__ */
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
 /*
  * Local Variables:
  * mode: c
diff --git a/generic/tkConfig.c b/generic/tkConfig.c
index b3e76d2..9c159e6 100644
--- a/generic/tkConfig.c
+++ b/generic/tkConfig.c
@@ -27,11 +27,16 @@
 #include "tkFont.h"
 
 /*
- * The following definition is an AssocData key used to keep track of all of
- * the option tables that have been created for an interpreter.
+ * The following definition keeps track of all of
+ * the option tables that have been created for a thread.
  */
 
-#define OPTION_HASH_KEY "TkOptionTable"
+typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
+    int initialized;		/* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
+    Tcl_HashTable hashTable;
+} ThreadSpecificData;
+static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
+
 
 /*
  * The following two structures are used along with Tk_OptionSpec structures
@@ -100,8 +105,6 @@ typedef struct OptionTable {
 				 * chain. */
     int numOptions;		/* The number of items in the options array
 				 * below. */
-    int refCount2; /* Reference counter for controlling the freeing
-                    * of the memory occupied by this OptionTable */
     Option options[1];		/* Information about the individual options in
 				 * the table. This must be the last field in
 				 * the structure: the actual size of the array
@@ -115,8 +118,6 @@ typedef struct OptionTable {
 static int		DoObjConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
 			    Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOption *savePtr);
-static void		DestroyOptionHashTable(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
 static void		FreeResources(Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 			    char *internalPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
 static Tcl_Obj *	GetConfigList(char *recordPtr,
@@ -128,7 +129,7 @@ static Option *		GetOptionFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, OptionTable *tablePtr);
 static int		ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 static void		FreeOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
-static int		SetOptionFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+static void		DupOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *, Tcl_Obj *);
 
 /*
  * The structure below defines an object type that is used to cache the result
@@ -140,9 +141,9 @@ static int		SetOptionFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 static const Tcl_ObjType optionObjType = {
     "option",			/* name */
     FreeOptionInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
-    NULL,			/* dupIntRepProc */
+    DupOptionInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
     NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
-    SetOptionFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
+    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -171,30 +172,26 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable(
 				/* Static information about the configuration
 				 * options. */
 {
-    Tcl_HashTable *hashTablePtr;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
     int newEntry;
     OptionTable *tablePtr;
     const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
     Option *optionPtr;
     int numOptions, i;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     /*
-     * We use an AssocData value in the interpreter to keep a hash table of
-     * all the option tables we've created for this application. This is used
-     * for two purposes. First, it allows us to share the tables (e.g. in
-     * several chains) and second, we use the deletion callback for the
-     * AssocData to delete all the option tables when the interpreter is
-     * deleted. The code below finds the hash table or creates a new one if it
+     * We use an TSD in the thread to keep a hash table of
+     * all the option tables we've created for this application. This is
+     * used for allowing us to share the tables (e.g. in several chains).
+     * The code below finds the hash table or creates a new one if it
      * doesn't already exist.
      */
 
-    hashTablePtr = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, OPTION_HASH_KEY, NULL);
-    if (hashTablePtr == NULL) {
-	hashTablePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
-	Tcl_InitHashTable(hashTablePtr, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
-	Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, OPTION_HASH_KEY, DestroyOptionHashTable,
-		hashTablePtr);
+    if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->hashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -202,7 +199,7 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable(
      * reuse the existing table.
      */
 
-    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hashTablePtr, (char *) templatePtr,
+    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, (char *) templatePtr,
 	    &newEntry);
     if (!newEntry) {
 	tablePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
@@ -221,7 +218,6 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable(
     }
     tablePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(OptionTable) + (numOptions * sizeof(Option)));
     tablePtr->refCount = 1;
-    tablePtr->refCount2 = 1;
     tablePtr->hashEntryPtr = hashEntryPtr;
     tablePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
     tablePtr->numOptions = numOptions;
@@ -357,62 +353,7 @@ Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
 	}
     }
     Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(tablePtr->hashEntryPtr);
-    tablePtr->refCount2--;
-    if (tablePtr->refCount2 <= 0) {
-	ckfree(tablePtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DestroyOptionHashTable --
- *
- *	This function is the deletion callback associated with the AssocData
- *	entry created by Tk_CreateOptionTable. It is invoked when an
- *	interpreter is deleted, and deletes all of the option tables
- *	associated with that interpreter.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The option hash table is destroyed along with all of the OptionTable
- *	structures that it refers to.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-DestroyOptionHashTable(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* The hash table we are destroying */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* The interpreter we are destroying */
-{
-    Tcl_HashTable *hashTablePtr = clientData;
-    Tcl_HashSearch search;
-    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
-
-    for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(hashTablePtr, &search);
-	    hashEntryPtr != NULL;
-	    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
-	OptionTable *tablePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
-
-	/*
-	 * The following statements do two tricky things:
-	 * 1. They ensure that the option table is deleted, even if there are
-	 *    outstanding references to it.
-	 * 2. They ensure that Tk_DeleteOptionTable doesn't delete other
-	 *    tables chained from this one; we'll do it when we come across
-	 *    the hash table entry for the chained table (in fact, the chained
-	 *    table may already have been deleted).
-	 */
-
-	tablePtr->refCount = 1;
-	tablePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
-	Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr);
-    }
-    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(hashTablePtr);
-    ckfree(hashTablePtr);
+    ckfree(tablePtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -737,8 +678,8 @@ DoObjConfig(
     case TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE: {
 	int newValue;
 
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, valuePtr,
-		optionPtr->specPtr->clientData,
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, valuePtr,
+		optionPtr->specPtr->clientData, sizeof(char *),
 		optionPtr->specPtr->optionName+1, 0, &newValue) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -1004,7 +945,7 @@ ObjectIsEmpty(
     if (objPtr->bytes != NULL) {
 	return (objPtr->length == 0);
     }
-    Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
+    (void)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
     return (length == 0);
 }
 
@@ -1152,7 +1093,7 @@ GetOptionFromObj(
     objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tablePtr;
     objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = (void *) bestPtr;
     objPtr->typePtr = &optionObjType;
-    tablePtr->refCount2++;
+    tablePtr->refCount++;
     return bestPtr;
 
   error:
@@ -1204,38 +1145,6 @@ TkGetOptionSpec(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * SetOptionFromAny --
- *
- *	This function is called to convert a Tcl object to option internal
- *	form. However, this doesn't make sense (need to have a table of
- *	options in order to do the conversion) so the function always
- *	generates an error.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is always TCL_ERROR, and an error message is left in
- *	interp's result if interp isn't NULL.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-SetOptionFromAny(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
-    register Tcl_Obj *objPtr)	/* The object to convert. */
-{
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-	    "can't convert value to option except via GetOptionFromObj API",
-	    -1));
-    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "API_ABUSE", NULL);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
  * FreeOptionInternalRep --
  *
  *	Part of the option Tcl object type implementation. Frees the storage
@@ -1257,18 +1166,37 @@ static void
 FreeOptionInternalRep(
     register Tcl_Obj *objPtr)	/* Object whose internal rep to free. */
 {
-    register OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    register Tk_OptionTable tablePtr = (Tk_OptionTable) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 
-    tablePtr->refCount2--;
-    if (tablePtr->refCount2 <= 0) {
-	ckfree(tablePtr);
-    }
+    Tk_DeleteOptionTable(tablePtr);
     objPtr->typePtr = NULL;
     objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
     objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = NULL;
 }
 
 /*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DupOptionInternalRep --
+ *
+ *	When a cached option object is duplicated, this is called to update the
+ *	internal reps.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DupOptionInternalRep(
+    Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr,		/* The object we are copying from. */
+    Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr)		/* The object we are copying to. */
+{
+    register OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    tablePtr->refCount++;
+    dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
+    dupObjPtr->internalRep = srcObjPtr->internalRep;
+}
+
+/*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * Tk_SetOptions --
@@ -1347,7 +1275,7 @@ Tk_SetOptions(
 	    if (interp != NULL) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			"value for \"%s\" missing",
-			Tcl_GetStringFromObj(*objv, NULL)));
+			Tcl_GetString(*objv)));
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE_MISSING", NULL);
 		goto error;
 	    }
@@ -1372,7 +1300,7 @@ Tk_SetOptions(
 		: NULL) != TCL_OK) {
 	    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "\n    (processing \"%.40s\" option)",
-		    Tcl_GetStringFromObj(*objv, NULL)));
+		    Tcl_GetString(*objv)));
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	if (savePtr != NULL) {
@@ -2146,14 +2074,14 @@ TkDebugConfig(
 				 * interpreter anymore. */
 {
     OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) table;
-    Tcl_HashTable *hashTablePtr;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
     Tcl_HashSearch search;
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
-    hashTablePtr = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, OPTION_HASH_KEY, NULL);
-    if (hashTablePtr == NULL) {
+    if (!tablePtr || !tsdPtr->initialized) {
 	return objPtr;
     }
 
@@ -2162,7 +2090,7 @@ TkDebugConfig(
      * want still is valid.
      */
 
-    for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(hashTablePtr, &search);
+    for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, &search);
 	    hashEntryPtr != NULL;
 	    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
 	if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
diff --git a/generic/tkConsole.c b/generic/tkConsole.c
index 434350a..8bfbe9b 100644
--- a/generic/tkConsole.c
+++ b/generic/tkConsole.c
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ static const Tcl_ChannelType consoleChannelType = {
     NULL
 };
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include <windows.h>
 
 /*
@@ -220,11 +220,10 @@ Tk_InitConsoleChannels(
     Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;
 
     /*
-     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl. This is really
-     * only an issue when Tk is loaded dynamically.
+     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
      */
 
-    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, TCL_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
+    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
         return;
     }
 
@@ -439,7 +438,8 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(
     }
 
     Tcl_Preserve(consoleInterp);
-    result = Tcl_GlobalEval(consoleInterp, "source $tk_library/console.tcl");
+    result = Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "source $tk_library/console.tcl",
+	    -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
     if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
 	Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp,
 		Tcl_GetReturnOptions(consoleInterp, result));
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ ConsoleOutput(
 
 	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
 	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmd);
-	    Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(consoleInterp, cmd);
+	    Tcl_EvalObjEx(consoleInterp, cmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
 	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmd);
 	}
     }
@@ -697,8 +697,8 @@ ConsoleObjCmd(
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options, "option", 0, &index)
-	    != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], options,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ ConsoleObjCmd(
     Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmd);
     if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
 	Tcl_Preserve(consoleInterp);
-	result = Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(consoleInterp, cmd);
+	result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(consoleInterp, cmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
 	Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp,
 		Tcl_GetReturnOptions(consoleInterp, result));
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(consoleInterp));
@@ -787,8 +787,8 @@ InterpreterObjCmd(
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options, "option", 0, &index)
-	    != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], options,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ InterpreterObjCmd(
     Tcl_Preserve(otherInterp);
     switch ((enum option) index) {
     case OTHER_EVAL:
-   	result = Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(otherInterp, objv[2]);
+   	result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(otherInterp, objv[2], TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
 
 	/*
 	 * TODO: Should exceptions be filtered here?
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ ConsoleEventProc(
 	Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;
 
 	if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
-	    Tcl_GlobalEval(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit");
+	    Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
 	}
 
 	if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
diff --git a/generic/tkDecls.h b/generic/tkDecls.h
index d080e93..64c32cd 100644
--- a/generic/tkDecls.h
+++ b/generic/tkDecls.h
@@ -25,6 +25,10 @@
 
 /* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
 /*
  * Exported function declarations:
  */
@@ -860,12 +864,8 @@ EXTERN void		Tk_CreateOldImageType(const Tk_ImageType *typePtr);
 /* 273 */
 EXTERN void		Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat(
 				const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr);
-/* 274 */
-EXTERN void		reserved274(void);
-/* 275 */
-EXTERN void		reserved275(void);
 
-typedef struct TkStubHooks {
+typedef struct {
     const struct TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubs;
     const struct TkIntStubs *tkIntStubs;
     const struct TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubs;
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ typedef struct TkStubHooks {
 
 typedef struct TkStubs {
     int magic;
-    const struct TkStubHooks *hooks;
+    const TkStubHooks *hooks;
 
     void (*tk_MainLoop) (void); /* 0 */
     XColor * (*tk_3DBorderColor) (Tk_3DBorder border); /* 1 */
@@ -1150,14 +1150,10 @@ typedef struct TkStubs {
     Tcl_Interp * (*tk_Interp) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 271 */
     void (*tk_CreateOldImageType) (const Tk_ImageType *typePtr); /* 272 */
     void (*tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat) (const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr); /* 273 */
-    void (*reserved274) (void); /* 274 */
-    void (*reserved275) (void); /* 275 */
 } TkStubs;
 
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
 extern const TkStubs *tkStubsPtr;
+
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif
@@ -1714,10 +1710,6 @@ extern const TkStubs *tkStubsPtr;
 	(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOldImageType) /* 272 */
 #define Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat \
 	(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat) /* 273 */
-#define reserved274 \
-	(tkStubsPtr->reserved274) /* 274 */
-#define reserved275 \
-	(tkStubsPtr->reserved275) /* 275 */
 
 #endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */
 
diff --git a/generic/tkEntry.c b/generic/tkEntry.c
index d78f396..ea8d7f1 100644
--- a/generic/tkEntry.c
+++ b/generic/tkEntry.c
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec entryOptSpec[] = {
 	0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
 	DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selFgColorPtr),
-	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
+	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
 	DEF_ENTRY_SHOW, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, showChar),
 	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
@@ -279,23 +279,23 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec sbOptSpec[] = {
 	0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
 	DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selFgColorPtr),
-	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
+	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
 	DEF_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, state),
 	0, stateStrings, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
 	DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, takeFocus),
-	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
+	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
 	DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, textVarName),
-	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
+	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
 	DEF_SPINBOX_TO, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, toValue), 0, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
 	DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validate),
 	0, validateStrings, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand","ValidateCommand",
-	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validateCmd), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
+	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validateCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
 	DEF_SPINBOX_VALUES, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, valueStr),
 	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec sbOptSpec[] = {
 	DEF_SPINBOX_WRAP, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, wrap), 0, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
 	DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, scrollCmd),
-	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
+	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
 };
 
@@ -390,9 +390,9 @@ static const char *const selElementNames[] = {
  */
 
 static int		ConfigureEntry(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
-static void		DeleteChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, int count);
-static void		DestroyEntry(char *memPtr);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		DeleteChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, int count);
+static void		DestroyEntry(void *memPtr);
 static void		DisplayEntry(ClientData clientData);
 static void		EntryBlinkProc(ClientData clientData);
 static void		EntryCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ static int		EntryValidateChange(Entry *entryPtr, const char *change,
 static void		ExpandPercents(Entry *entryPtr, const char *before,
 			    const char *change, const char *newStr, int index,
 			    int type, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
-static void		EntryValueChanged(Entry *entryPtr,
+static int		EntryValueChanged(Entry *entryPtr,
 			    const char *newValue);
 static void		EntryVisibleRange(Entry *entryPtr,
 			    double *firstPtr, double *lastPtr);
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ static int		EntryWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 static void		EntryWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
 static int		GetEntryIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr,
 			    const char *string, int *indexPtr);
-static void		InsertChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, const char *string);
+static int		InsertChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, const char *string);
 
 /*
  * These forward declarations are the spinbox specific ones:
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ Tk_EntryObjCmd(
 
     if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
 	    != TCL_OK) ||
-	    (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK)) {
+	    (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
 	Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -659,12 +659,12 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd(
 	    }
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
 	} else {
-	    result = ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0);
+	    result = ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2);
 	}
 	break;
 
     case COMMAND_DELETE: {
-	int first, last;
+	int first, last, code;
 
 	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "firstIndex ?lastIndex?");
@@ -681,7 +681,10 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd(
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	if ((last >= first) && (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL)) {
-	    DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first);
+	    code = DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first);
+            if (code != TCL_OK) {
+                goto error;
+            }
 	}
 	break;
     }
@@ -722,7 +725,7 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd(
     }
 
     case COMMAND_INSERT: {
-	int index;
+	int index, code;
 
 	if (objc != 4) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index text");
@@ -733,7 +736,10 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd(
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	if (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) {
-	    InsertChars(entryPtr, index, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
+	    code = InsertChars(entryPtr, index, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
+            if (code != TCL_OK) {
+                goto error;
+            }
 	}
 	break;
     }
@@ -1010,19 +1016,19 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd(
 
 static void
 DestroyEntry(
-    char *memPtr)		/* Info about entry widget. */
+    void *memPtr)		/* Info about entry widget. */
 {
-    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) memPtr;
+    Entry *entryPtr = memPtr;
 
     /*
      * Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
      * Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
      */
 
-    ckfree(entryPtr->string);
+    ckfree((char *)entryPtr->string);
     if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		EntryTextVarProc, entryPtr);
 	entryPtr->flags &= ~ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
     }
@@ -1034,7 +1040,7 @@ DestroyEntry(
     }
     Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
     if (entryPtr->displayString != entryPtr->string) {
-	ckfree(entryPtr->displayString);
+	ckfree((char *)entryPtr->displayString);
     }
     if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
 	Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *) entryPtr;
@@ -1082,8 +1088,7 @@ ConfigureEntry(
     Entry *entryPtr,		/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
     int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
-    int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
     Tk_3DBorder border;
@@ -1098,6 +1103,7 @@ ConfigureEntry(
     int valuesChanged = 0;	/* lint initialization */
     double oldFrom = 0.0;	/* lint initialization */
     double oldTo = 0.0;		/* lint initialization */
+    int code;
 
     /*
      * Eliminate any existing trace on a variable monitored by the entry.
@@ -1105,7 +1111,7 @@ ConfigureEntry(
 
     if ((entryPtr->textVarName != NULL)
 	    && (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_VAR_TRACED)) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		EntryTextVarProc, entryPtr);
 	entryPtr->flags &= ~ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
@@ -1303,8 +1309,19 @@ ConfigureEntry(
     if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
 	const char *value;
 
-	value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
 	if (value == NULL) {
+
+            /*
+             * Since any trace on the textvariable was eliminated above,
+             * the only possible reason for EntryValueChanged to return
+             * an error is that the textvariable lives in a namespace
+             * that does not (yet) exist. Indeed, namespaces are not
+             * automatically created as needed. Don't trap this error
+             * here, better do it below when attempting to trace the
+             * variable.
+             */
+
 	    EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, NULL);
 	} else {
 	    EntrySetValue(entryPtr, value);
@@ -1323,7 +1340,13 @@ ConfigureEntry(
 	     */
 
 	    Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, sbPtr->listObj, 0, &objPtr);
-	    EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
+
+            /*
+	     * No check for error return here as well, because any possible
+	     * error will be trapped below when attempting tracing.
+	     */
+
+            EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
 	} else if ((sbPtr->valueStr == NULL)
 		&& !DOUBLES_EQ(sbPtr->fromValue, sbPtr->toValue)
 		&& (!DOUBLES_EQ(sbPtr->fromValue, oldFrom)
@@ -1337,7 +1360,7 @@ ConfigureEntry(
 
 	    double dvalue;
 
-	    if (sscanf(entryPtr->string, "%lf", &dvalue) == 0) {
+	    if (sscanf(entryPtr->string, "%lf", &dvalue) <= 0) {
 		/* Scan failure */
 		dvalue = sbPtr->fromValue;
 	    } else if (dvalue > sbPtr->toValue) {
@@ -1346,6 +1369,12 @@ ConfigureEntry(
 		dvalue = sbPtr->fromValue;
 	    }
 	    sprintf(sbPtr->formatBuf, sbPtr->valueFormat, dvalue);
+
+            /*
+	     * No check for error return here as well, because any possible
+	     * error will be trapped below when attempting tracing.
+	     */
+
 	    EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, sbPtr->formatBuf);
 	}
     }
@@ -1357,10 +1386,13 @@ ConfigureEntry(
 
     if ((entryPtr->textVarName != NULL)
 	    && !(entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_VAR_TRACED)) {
-	Tcl_TraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	code = Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		EntryTextVarProc, entryPtr);
-	entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
+        if (code != TCL_OK) {
+            return TCL_ERROR;
+        }
+        entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
     }
 
     EntryWorldChanged(entryPtr);
@@ -1680,7 +1712,7 @@ DisplayEntry(
 	Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->insertPos, &cursorX, NULL,
 		NULL, NULL);
 	cursorX += entryPtr->layoutX;
-	cursorX -= (entryPtr->insertWidth)/2;
+	cursorX -= (entryPtr->insertWidth == 1) ? 1 : (entryPtr->insertWidth)/2;
 	Tk_SetCaretPos(entryPtr->tkwin, cursorX, baseY - fm.ascent,
 		fm.ascent + fm.descent);
 	if (entryPtr->insertPos >= entryPtr->leftIndex && cursorX < xBound) {
@@ -1881,7 +1913,7 @@ EntryComputeGeometry(
     char *p;
 
     if (entryPtr->displayString != entryPtr->string) {
-	ckfree(entryPtr->displayString);
+	ckfree((char *)entryPtr->displayString);
 	entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string;
 	entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes;
     }
@@ -1993,7 +2025,8 @@ EntryComputeGeometry(
  *	Add new characters to an entry widget.
  *
  * Results:
- *	None.
+ *	A standard Tcl result. If an error occurred then an error message is
+ *	left in the interp's result.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	New information gets added to entryPtr; it will be redisplayed soon,
@@ -2002,12 +2035,12 @@ EntryComputeGeometry(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static void
+static int
 InsertChars(
     Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
     int index,			/* Add the new elements before this character
 				 * index. */
-    const char *value)	/* New characters to add (NULL-terminated
+    const char *value)		/* New characters to add (NULL-terminated
 				 * string). */
 {
     ptrdiff_t byteIndex;
@@ -2020,7 +2053,7 @@ InsertChars(
     byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
     byteCount = strlen(value);
     if (byteCount == 0) {
-	return;
+	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
     newByteCount = entryPtr->numBytes + byteCount + 1;
@@ -2034,10 +2067,10 @@ InsertChars(
 	    EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, value, newStr, index,
 		    VALIDATE_INSERT) != TCL_OK) {
 	ckfree(newStr);
-	return;
+	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
-    ckfree(string);
+    ckfree((char *)string);
     entryPtr->string = newStr;
 
     /*
@@ -2082,7 +2115,7 @@ InsertChars(
     if (entryPtr->insertPos >= index) {
 	entryPtr->insertPos += charsAdded;
     }
-    EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, NULL);
+    return EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, NULL);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2093,7 +2126,8 @@ InsertChars(
  *	Remove one or more characters from an entry widget.
  *
  * Results:
- *	None.
+ *	A standard Tcl result. If an error occurred then an error message is
+ *	left in the interp's result.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	Memory gets freed, the entry gets modified and (eventually)
@@ -2102,7 +2136,7 @@ InsertChars(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static void
+static int
 DeleteChars(
     Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry widget to modify. */
     int index,			/* Index of first character to delete. */
@@ -2116,7 +2150,7 @@ DeleteChars(
 	count = entryPtr->numChars - index;
     }
     if (count <= 0) {
-	return;
+	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
     string = entryPtr->string;
@@ -2138,11 +2172,11 @@ DeleteChars(
 		    VALIDATE_DELETE) != TCL_OK) {
 	ckfree(newStr);
 	ckfree(toDelete);
-	return;
+	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
     ckfree(toDelete);
-    ckfree(entryPtr->string);
+    ckfree((char *)entryPtr->string);
     entryPtr->string = newStr;
     entryPtr->numChars -= count;
     entryPtr->numBytes -= byteCount;
@@ -2197,7 +2231,7 @@ DeleteChars(
 	    entryPtr->insertPos = index;
 	}
     }
-    EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, NULL);
+    return EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, NULL);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2210,7 +2244,8 @@ DeleteChars(
  *	is one, and does other bookkeeping such as arranging for redisplay.
  *
  * Results:
- *	None.
+ *	A standard Tcl result. If an error occurred then an error message is
+ *	left in the interp's result.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -2218,7 +2253,7 @@ DeleteChars(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static void
+static int
 EntryValueChanged(
     Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry whose value just changed. */
     const char *newValue)	/* If this value is not NULL, we first force
@@ -2231,8 +2266,8 @@ EntryValueChanged(
     if (entryPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
 	newValue = NULL;
     } else {
-	newValue = Tcl_SetVar(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
-		entryPtr->string, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	newValue = Tcl_SetVar2(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
+		NULL, entryPtr->string, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
     }
 
     if ((newValue != NULL) && (strcmp(newValue, entryPtr->string) != 0)) {
@@ -2254,6 +2289,19 @@ EntryValueChanged(
 	EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr);
 	EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
     }
+
+    /*
+     * An error may have happened when setting the textvariable in case there
+     * is a trace on that variable and the trace proc triggered an error.
+     * Another possibility is that the textvariable is in a namespace that
+     * does not (yet) exist.
+     * Signal this error.
+     */
+
+    if ((entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) && (newValue == NULL)) {
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2318,13 +2366,13 @@ EntrySetValue(
 
 	if (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_ABORT) {
 	    entryPtr->flags &= ~VALIDATE_ABORT;
-	    ckfree(value);
+	    ckfree((char *)value);
 	    return;
 	}
     }
 
     oldSource = entryPtr->string;
-    ckfree(entryPtr->string);
+    ckfree((char *)entryPtr->string);
 
     if (malloced) {
 	entryPtr->string = value;
@@ -2429,7 +2477,7 @@ EntryEventProc(
 	    if (entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
 		Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayEntry, clientData);
 	    }
-	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, DestroyEntry);
+	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyEntry);
 	}
 	break;
     case ConfigureNotify:
@@ -2560,7 +2608,7 @@ GetEntryIndex(
     case '@': {
 	int x, roundUp, maxWidth;
 
-	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string + 1, &x) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(NULL, string + 1, &x) != TCL_OK) {
 	    goto badIndex;
 	}
 	if (x < entryPtr->inset) {
@@ -2589,7 +2637,7 @@ GetEntryIndex(
 	break;
     }
     default:
-	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetInt(NULL, string, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
 	    goto badIndex;
 	}
 	if (*indexPtr < 0){
@@ -2939,6 +2987,7 @@ EntryUpdateScrollbar(
     int code;
     double first, last;
     Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tcl_DString buf;
 
     if (entryPtr->scrollCmd == NULL) {
 	return;
@@ -2949,8 +2998,14 @@ EntryUpdateScrollbar(
     EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last);
     Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, firstStr);
     Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, lastStr);
-    code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, entryPtr->scrollCmd, " ", firstStr, " ",
-	    lastStr, NULL);
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, entryPtr->scrollCmd, -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, firstStr, -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, lastStr, -1);
+    code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
     if (code != TCL_OK) {
 	Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		"\n    (horizontal scrolling command executed by %s)",
@@ -3095,9 +3150,9 @@ EntryTextVarProc(
 
     if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
 	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
-	    Tcl_SetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, entryPtr->string,
-		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-	    Tcl_TraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
+	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, NULL,
+		    entryPtr->string, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, NULL,
 		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		    EntryTextVarProc, clientData);
 	    entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
@@ -3111,7 +3166,7 @@ EntryTextVarProc(
      * value because we changed it because someone typed in the entry).
      */
 
-    value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
     if (value == NULL) {
 	value = "";
     }
@@ -3171,7 +3226,7 @@ EntryValidate(
 	    &bool) != TCL_OK) {
 	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
 		 "\n    (invalid boolean result from validation command)");
-	Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
+	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, TCL_ERROR);
 	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -3604,7 +3659,7 @@ Tk_SpinboxObjCmd(
 	Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
 	goto error;
     }
 
@@ -3712,12 +3767,12 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 	    }
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
 	} else {
-	    result = ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0);
+	    result = ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2);
 	}
 	break;
 
     case SB_CMD_DELETE: {
-	int first, last;
+	int first, last, code;
 
 	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "firstIndex ?lastIndex?");
@@ -3736,7 +3791,10 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 	    }
 	}
 	if ((last >= first) && (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL)) {
-	    DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first);
+	    code = DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first);
+            if (code != TCL_OK) {
+                goto error;
+            }
 	}
 	break;
     }
@@ -3796,7 +3854,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
     }
 
     case SB_CMD_INSERT: {
-	int index;
+	int index, code;
 
 	if (objc != 4) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index text");
@@ -3807,7 +3865,10 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	if (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) {
-	    InsertChars(entryPtr, index, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
+	    code = InsertChars(entryPtr, index, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
+            if (code != TCL_OK) {
+                goto error;
+            }
 	}
 	break;
     }
@@ -4017,16 +4078,22 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 	break;
     }
 
-    case SB_CMD_SET:
+    case SB_CMD_SET: {
+	int code = TCL_OK;
+
 	if (objc > 3) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?string?");
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	if (objc == 3) {
-	    EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
+	    code = EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
+            if (code != TCL_OK) {
+                goto error;
+            }
 	}
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(entryPtr->string, -1));
 	break;
+    }
 
     case SB_CMD_VALIDATE: {
 	int code;
@@ -4167,7 +4234,7 @@ GetSpinboxElement(
  *	TCL_OK.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	An background error condition may arise when invoking the callback.
+ *	A background error condition may arise when invoking the callback.
  *	The widget value may change.
  *
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -4198,6 +4265,7 @@ SpinboxInvoke(
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
+    code = TCL_OK;
     if (fabs(sbPtr->increment) > MIN_DBL_VAL) {
 	if (sbPtr->listObj != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
@@ -4243,11 +4311,11 @@ SpinboxInvoke(
 		}
 	    }
 	    Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, sbPtr->listObj, sbPtr->eIndex, &objPtr);
-	    EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
+	    code = EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
 	} else if (!DOUBLES_EQ(sbPtr->fromValue, sbPtr->toValue)) {
 	    double dvalue;
 
-	    if (sscanf(entryPtr->string, "%lf", &dvalue) == 0) {
+	    if (sscanf(entryPtr->string, "%lf", &dvalue) <= 0) {
 		/*
 		 * If the string doesn't scan as a double value, just
 		 * use the -from value
@@ -4290,9 +4358,12 @@ SpinboxInvoke(
 		}
 	    }
 	    sprintf(sbPtr->formatBuf, sbPtr->valueFormat, dvalue);
-	    EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, sbPtr->formatBuf);
+	    code = EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, sbPtr->formatBuf);
 	}
     }
+    if (code != TCL_OK) {
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
 
     if (sbPtr->command != NULL) {
 	Tcl_DStringInit(&script);
diff --git a/generic/tkEvent.c b/generic/tkEvent.c
index 463379a..95aeda1 100644
--- a/generic/tkEvent.c
+++ b/generic/tkEvent.c
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ CreateXIC(
 	/* XCreateIC failed. */
 	return;
     }
-    
+
     /*
      * Adjust the window's event mask if the IM requires it.
      */
@@ -2039,6 +2039,12 @@ TkFinalize(
 {
     ExitHandler *exitPtr;
 
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
+    if (!tclStubsPtr) {
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
     Tcl_DeleteExitHandler(TkFinalize, NULL);
 
     Tcl_MutexLock(&exitMutex);
@@ -2065,7 +2071,7 @@ TkFinalize(
  * TkFinalizeThread --
  *
  *	Runs our private thread exit handlers and removes itself from Tcl.
- *	This is benificial should we want to protect from dangling pointers
+ *	This is beneficial should we want to protect from dangling pointers
  *	should the Tk shared library be unloaded prior to Tcl which can happen
  *	on Windows should the process be forcefully exiting from an exception
  *	handler.
diff --git a/generic/tkFocus.c b/generic/tkFocus.c
index cfd2216..60f631d 100644
--- a/generic/tkFocus.c
+++ b/generic/tkFocus.c
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ Tk_FocusObjCmd(
      * We have a subcommand to parse and act upon.
      */
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], focusOptions, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], focusOptions,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
     	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     if (objc != 3) {
diff --git a/generic/tkFont.c b/generic/tkFont.c
index 4485df8..102fc6e 100644
--- a/generic/tkFont.c
+++ b/generic/tkFont.c
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ TkFontPkgFree(
 	fontsLeft++;
 #ifdef DEBUG_FONTS
 	fprintf(stderr, "Font %s still in cache.\n",
-		Tcl_GetHashKey(&fiPtr->fontCache, searchPtr));
+		(char *) Tcl_GetHashKey(&fiPtr->fontCache, searchPtr));
 #endif
     }
 
@@ -600,40 +600,40 @@ Tk_FontObjCmd(
 	return result;
     }
     case FONT_CONFIGURE: {
-	int result;
-	const char *string;
-	Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
-	NamedFont *nfPtr;
-	Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;
-
-	if (objc < 3) {
-	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "fontname ?-option value ...?");
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
-	namedHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, string);
+    	int result;
+    	const char *string;
+    	Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
+    	NamedFont *nfPtr;
+    	Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;
+
+    	if (objc < 3) {
+    	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "fontname ?-option value ...?");
+    	    return TCL_ERROR;
+    	}
+    	string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+    	namedHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, string);
 	nfPtr = NULL;		/* lint. */
-	if (namedHashPtr != NULL) {
-	    nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
-	}
-	if ((namedHashPtr == NULL) || nfPtr->deletePending) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "named font \"%s\" doesn't exist", string));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "FONT", string, NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (objc == 3) {
-	    objPtr = NULL;
-	} else if (objc == 4) {
-	    objPtr = objv[3];
-	} else {
-	    result = ConfigAttributesObj(interp, tkwin, objc - 3, objv + 3,
-		    &nfPtr->fa);
-	    UpdateDependentFonts(fiPtr, tkwin, namedHashPtr);
-	    return result;
-	}
-	return GetAttributeInfoObj(interp, &nfPtr->fa, objPtr);
-    }
+    	if (namedHashPtr != NULL) {
+    	    nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
+    	}
+    	if ((namedHashPtr == NULL) || nfPtr->deletePending) {
+    	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+    		    "named font \"%s\" doesn't exist", string));
+    	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "FONT", string, NULL);
+    	    return TCL_ERROR;
+    	}
+    	if (objc == 3) {
+    	    objPtr = NULL;
+    	} else if (objc == 4) {
+    	    objPtr = objv[3];
+    	} else {
+    	    result = ConfigAttributesObj(interp, tkwin, objc - 3, objv + 3,
+    		    &nfPtr->fa);
+    	    UpdateDependentFonts(fiPtr, tkwin, namedHashPtr);
+    	    return result;
+    	}
+    	return GetAttributeInfoObj(interp, &nfPtr->fa, objPtr);
+     }
     case FONT_CREATE: {
 	int skip = 3, i;
 	const char *name;
@@ -1093,7 +1093,8 @@ Tk_AllocFontFromObj(
     int isNew, descent;
     NamedFont *nfPtr;
 
-    if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkFontObjType) {
+    if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkFontObjType
+	    || objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 != fiPtr) {
 	SetFontFromAny(interp, objPtr);
     }
 
@@ -1133,6 +1134,7 @@ Tk_AllocFontFromObj(
 	    fontPtr->resourceRefCount++;
 	    fontPtr->objRefCount++;
 	    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr;
+	    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = fiPtr;
 	    return (Tk_Font) fontPtr;
 	}
     }
@@ -1243,6 +1245,7 @@ Tk_AllocFontFromObj(
     }
 
     objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr;
+    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = fiPtr;
     return (Tk_Font) fontPtr;
 }
 
@@ -1275,7 +1278,8 @@ Tk_GetFontFromObj(
     TkFont *fontPtr;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
 
-    if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkFontObjType) {
+    if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkFontObjType
+	    || objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 != fiPtr) {
 	SetFontFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
     }
 
@@ -1311,6 +1315,7 @@ Tk_GetFontFromObj(
 	    if (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == fontPtr->screen) {
 		fontPtr->objRefCount++;
 		objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr;
+		objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = fiPtr;
 		return (Tk_Font) fontPtr;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -1356,6 +1361,7 @@ SetFontFromAny(
     }
     objPtr->typePtr = &tkFontObjType;
     objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
+    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = NULL;
 
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -1517,8 +1523,9 @@ FreeFontObj(
 	fontPtr->objRefCount--;
 	if ((fontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) && (fontPtr->objRefCount == 0)) {
 	    ckfree(fontPtr);
-	    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
 	}
+	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
+	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = NULL;
     }
 }
 
@@ -1549,6 +1556,8 @@ DupFontObjProc(
 
     dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
     dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr;
+    dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2
+	    = srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2;
 
     if (fontPtr != NULL) {
 	fontPtr->objRefCount++;
@@ -2058,14 +2067,14 @@ Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
 		NewChunk(&layoutPtr, &maxChunks, start, 1, curX, newX,
 			baseline)->numDisplayChars = -1;
 		start++;
+		curX = newX;
+		flags &= ~TK_AT_LEAST_ONE;
 		if ((start < end) &&
 			((wrapLength <= 0) || (newX <= wrapLength))) {
 		    /*
 		     * More chars can still fit on this line.
 		     */
 
-		    curX = newX;
-		    flags &= ~TK_AT_LEAST_ONE;
 		    continue;
 		}
 	    } else {
@@ -2985,13 +2994,6 @@ PointInQuadrilateral(
 }
 
 static inline int
-sign(
-    double value)
-{
-    return (value < 0.0) ? -1 : (value > 0.0) ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-static inline int
 SidesIntersect(
     double ax1, double ay1, double ax2, double ay2,
     double bx1, double by1, double bx2, double by2)
@@ -3366,7 +3368,6 @@ ConfigAttributesObj(
 
     for (i = 0; i < objc; i += 2) {
 	optionPtr = objv[i];
-	valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
 
 	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, fontOpt, "option", 1,
 		&index) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -3387,6 +3388,7 @@ ConfigAttributesObj(
 	    }
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
+	valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
 
 	switch (index) {
 	case FONT_FAMILY:
diff --git a/generic/tkFrame.c b/generic/tkFrame.c
index 8bc44ce..057b4b8 100644
--- a/generic/tkFrame.c
+++ b/generic/tkFrame.c
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ static int		ConfigureFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, Frame *framePtr,
 static int		CreateFrame(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const argv[],
 			    enum FrameType type, const char *appName);
-static void		DestroyFrame(char *memPtr);
+static void		DestroyFrame(void *memPtr);
 static void		DestroyFramePartly(Frame *framePtr);
 static void		DisplayFrame(ClientData clientData);
 static void		FrameCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
@@ -727,8 +727,8 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd(
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], frameOptions, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], frameOptions,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     Tcl_Preserve(framePtr);
@@ -834,10 +834,10 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd(
 
 static void
 DestroyFrame(
-    char *memPtr)		/* Info about frame widget. */
+    void *memPtr)		/* Info about frame widget. */
 {
-    register Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) memPtr;
-    register Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) memPtr;
+    register Frame *framePtr = memPtr;
+    register Labelframe *labelframePtr = memPtr;
 
     if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
 	Tk_FreeTextLayout(labelframePtr->textLayout);
@@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ FrameEventProc(
 	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayFrame, framePtr);
 	}
 	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MapFrame, framePtr);
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree(framePtr, DestroyFrame);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(framePtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyFrame);
     } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
 	if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
 	    framePtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS;
diff --git a/generic/tkGrab.c b/generic/tkGrab.c
index 2df5552..00d4511 100644
--- a/generic/tkGrab.c
+++ b/generic/tkGrab.c
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
-#elif !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
+#elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
 #endif
 
diff --git a/generic/tkGrid.c b/generic/tkGrid.c
index 19e4442..2a88b76 100644
--- a/generic/tkGrid.c
+++ b/generic/tkGrid.c
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ typedef struct UniformGroup {
  *				Tk will set its requested size to fit the
  *				needs of its slaves.
  * ALLOCED_MASTER               1 means that Grid has allocated itself as
- *                              geometry master for this window.   
+ *                              geometry master for this window.
  */
 
 #define REQUESTED_RELAYOUT	1
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ static int		CheckSlotData(Gridder *masterPtr, int slot,
 			    int slotType, int checkOnly);
 static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static void		DestroyGrid(char *memPtr);
+static void		DestroyGrid(void *memPtr);
 static Gridder *	GetGrid(Tk_Window tkwin);
 static int		GridAnchorCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
@@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ Tk_GridObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ GridPropagateCommand(
 
 	    if (masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL) {
 		if (TkSetGeometryMaster(interp, master, "grid")	!= TCL_OK) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;	
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		masterPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_MASTER;
 	    }
@@ -1076,8 +1076,8 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 	 * returned.
 	 */
 
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[4], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-		&index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[4], optionStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -1175,8 +1175,8 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 		 */
 
 		for (i = 4; i < objc; i += 2) {
-		    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
-			    "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+		    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
+			    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 			Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 			return TCL_ERROR;
 		    }
@@ -1364,8 +1364,8 @@ GridSlavesCommand(
     }
 
     for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-		&index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &value) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ ResolveConstraints(
 	    if (slavePtr->numCols > 1) {
 		slavePtr->binNextPtr = layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr;
 		layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr = slavePtr;
-	    } else {
+	    } else if (rightEdge >= 0) {
 		int size = slavePtr->size + layoutPtr[rightEdge].pad;
 
 		if (size > layoutPtr[rightEdge].minSize) {
@@ -2037,7 +2037,7 @@ ResolveConstraints(
 	    if (slavePtr->numRows > 1) {
 		slavePtr->binNextPtr = layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr;
 		layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr = slavePtr;
-	    } else {
+	    } else if (rightEdge >= 0) {
 		int size = slavePtr->size + layoutPtr[rightEdge].pad;
 
 		if (size > layoutPtr[rightEdge].minSize) {
@@ -2807,9 +2807,9 @@ Unlink(
 
 static void
 DestroyGrid(
-    char *memPtr)		/* Info about window that is now dead. */
+    void *memPtr)		/* Info about window that is now dead. */
 {
-    register Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *) memPtr;
+    register Gridder *gridPtr = memPtr;
 
     if (gridPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
 	if (gridPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr != NULL) {
@@ -2886,7 +2886,7 @@ GridStructureProc(
 	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
 	}
 	gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, DestroyGrid);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyGrid);
     } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
 	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
 		&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
@@ -3058,8 +3058,8 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
      */
 
     for (i = numWindows; i < objc; i += 2) {
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-		&index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (index == CONF_IN) {
@@ -3161,8 +3161,8 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	 */
 
 	for (i = numWindows; i < objc; i += 2) {
-	    Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-		    &index);
+	    Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
+		    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);
 	    switch ((enum options) index) {
 	    case CONF_COLUMN:
 		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK
diff --git a/generic/tkImage.c b/generic/tkImage.c
index ffa6f22..359d6c6 100644
--- a/generic/tkImage.c
+++ b/generic/tkImage.c
@@ -234,8 +234,8 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], imageOptions, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], imageOptions,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     switch ((enum options) index) {
@@ -283,13 +283,11 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	 */
 
 	if ((objc == 3) || (*(arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[3])) == '-')) {
-	    Tcl_CmdInfo dummy;
-
 	    do {
 		dispPtr->imageId++;
 		sprintf(idString, "image%d", dispPtr->imageId);
 		name = idString;
-	    } while (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, name, &dummy) != 0);
+	    } while (Tcl_FindCommand(interp, name, NULL, 0) != NULL);
 	    firstOption = 3;
 	} else {
 	    TkWindow *topWin;
diff --git a/generic/tkImgBmap.c b/generic/tkImgBmap.c
index cdd57dd..0906673 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgBmap.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgBmap.c
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ ImgBmapConfigureMaster(
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Generates errors via Tcl_BackgroundError if there are problems in
+ *	Generates errors via Tcl_BackgroundException if there are problems in
  *	setting up the instance.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ ImgBmapConfigureInstance(
     Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(masterPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 	    "\n    (while configuring image \"%s\")", Tk_NameOfImage(
 	    masterPtr->tkMaster)));
-    Tcl_BackgroundError(masterPtr->interp);
+    Tcl_BackgroundException(masterPtr->interp, TCL_ERROR);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -764,8 +764,8 @@ ImgBmapCmd(
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], bmapOptions, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], bmapOptions,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     switch (index) {
diff --git a/generic/tkImgGIF.c b/generic/tkImgGIF.c
index fed4da4..1c28b54 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgGIF.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgGIF.c
@@ -393,7 +393,8 @@ FileReadGIF(
 				 * image being read. */
 {
     int fileWidth, fileHeight, imageWidth, imageHeight;
-    int nBytes, index = 0, argc = 0, i, result = TCL_ERROR;
+    unsigned int nBytes;
+    int index = 0, argc = 0, i, result = TCL_ERROR;
     Tcl_Obj **objv;
     unsigned char buf[100];
     unsigned char *trashBuffer = NULL;
@@ -410,6 +411,7 @@ FileReadGIF(
      * source and not a file.
      */
 
+    memset(colorMap, 0, MAXCOLORMAPSIZE*4);
     memset(gifConfPtr, 0, sizeof(GIFImageConfig));
     if (fileName == INLINE_DATA_BINARY || fileName == INLINE_DATA_BASE64) {
 	gifConfPtr->fromData = fileName;
@@ -425,8 +427,9 @@ FileReadGIF(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option name",
-		0, &nBytes) != TCL_OK) {
+	int optionIdx;
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "option name", 0, &optionIdx) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (i == (argc-1)) {
@@ -590,8 +593,14 @@ FileReadGIF(
 	     */
 
 	    if (trashBuffer == NULL) {
+		if (fileWidth > (int)((UINT_MAX/3)/fileHeight)) {
+		    goto error;
+		}
 		nBytes = fileWidth * fileHeight * 3;
 		trashBuffer = ckalloc(nBytes);
+		if (trashBuffer) {
+		    memset(trashBuffer, 0, nBytes);
+		}
 	    }
 
 	    /*
@@ -675,9 +684,18 @@ FileReadGIF(
 	block.offset[1] = 1;
 	block.offset[2] = 2;
 	block.offset[3] = (transparent>=0) ? 3 : 0;
+	if (imageWidth > INT_MAX/block.pixelSize) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
 	block.pitch = block.pixelSize * imageWidth;
+	if (imageHeight > (int)(UINT_MAX/block.pitch)) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
 	nBytes = block.pitch * imageHeight;
 	block.pixelPtr = ckalloc(nBytes);
+	if (block.pixelPtr) {
+	    memset(block.pixelPtr, 0, nBytes);
+	}
 
 	if (ReadImage(gifConfPtr, interp, block.pixelPtr, chan, imageWidth,
 		imageHeight, colorMap, srcX, srcY, BitSet(buf[8], INTERLACE),
diff --git a/generic/tkImgPNG.c b/generic/tkImgPNG.c
index b159c45..2ee515b 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgPNG.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgPNG.c
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  */
 
+#include "assert.h"
 #include "tkInt.h"
 
 #define	PNG_INT32(a,b,c,d)	\
@@ -334,9 +335,11 @@ InitPNGImage(
 
     if (Tcl_ZlibStreamInit(NULL, dir, TCL_ZLIB_FORMAT_ZLIB,
 	    TCL_ZLIB_COMPRESS_DEFAULT, NULL, &pngPtr->stream) != TCL_OK) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		"zlib initialization failed", -1));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "ZLIB_INIT", NULL);
+    if (interp) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    "zlib initialization failed", -1));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "ZLIB_INIT", NULL);
+	}
 	if (objPtr) {
 	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
 	}
@@ -799,7 +802,7 @@ SkipChunk(
 /*
  * 4.3. Summary of standard chunks
  *
- * This table summarizes some properties of the standard chunk types. 
+ * This table summarizes some properties of the standard chunk types.
  *
  *	Critical chunks (must appear in this order, except PLTE is optional):
  *
@@ -1844,6 +1847,13 @@ DecodeLine(
     if (UnfilterLine(interp, pngPtr) == TCL_ERROR) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
+    if (pngPtr->currentLine >= pngPtr->block.height) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"PNG image data overflow"));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "DATA_OVERFLOW", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
 
     if (pngPtr->interlace) {
 	switch (pngPtr->phase) {
@@ -2173,10 +2183,13 @@ ReadIDAT(
 
 	    /*
 	     * Try to read another line of pixels out of the buffer
-	     * immediately.
+	     * immediately, but don't allow write past end of block.
 	     */
 
-	    goto getNextLine;
+	    if (pngPtr->currentLine < pngPtr->block.height) {
+		goto getNextLine;
+	    }
+
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -2281,10 +2294,10 @@ ParseFormat(
     Tcl_Obj **objv = NULL;
     int objc = 0;
     static const char *const fmtOptions[] = {
-	"png", "-alpha", NULL
+	"-alpha", NULL
     };
     enum fmtOptions {
-	OPT_PNG, OPT_ALPHA
+	OPT_ALPHA
     };
 
     /*
@@ -2297,33 +2310,30 @@ ParseFormat(
     }
 
     for (; objc>0 ; objc--, objv++) {
-    	int optIndex;
-
-        if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[0], fmtOptions, "option", 0,
-		&optIndex) == TCL_ERROR) {
-            return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
+	int optIndex;
 
 	/*
 	 * Ignore the "png" part of the format specification.
 	 */
 
-	if (OPT_PNG == optIndex) {
+	if (!strcasecmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), "png")) {
 	    continue;
 	}
 
-    	if (objc < 2) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[0], fmtOptions,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &optIndex) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if (objc < 2) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "value");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
-    	}
+	}
 
 	objc--;
 	objv++;
 
 	switch ((enum fmtOptions) optIndex) {
-	case OPT_PNG:
-	    break;
-
 	case OPT_ALPHA:
 	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[0],
 		    &pngPtr->alpha) == TCL_ERROR) {
@@ -2667,11 +2677,8 @@ FileMatchPNG(
 {
     PNGImage png;
     int match = 0;
-    Tcl_SavedResult sya;
-
-    Tcl_SaveResult(interp, &sya);
 
-    InitPNGImage(interp, &png, chan, NULL, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);
+    InitPNGImage(NULL, &png, chan, NULL, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);
 
     if (ReadIHDR(interp, &png) == TCL_OK) {
 	*widthPtr = png.block.width;
@@ -2680,7 +2687,6 @@ FileMatchPNG(
     }
 
     CleanupPNGImage(&png);
-    Tcl_RestoreResult(interp, &sya);
 
     return match;
 }
@@ -2759,10 +2765,8 @@ StringMatchPNG(
 {
     PNGImage png;
     int match = 0;
-    Tcl_SavedResult sya;
 
-    Tcl_SaveResult(interp, &sya);
-    InitPNGImage(interp, &png, NULL, pObjData, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);
+    InitPNGImage(NULL, &png, NULL, pObjData, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);
 
     png.strDataBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pObjData, &png.strDataLen);
 
@@ -2773,7 +2777,6 @@ StringMatchPNG(
     }
 
     CleanupPNGImage(&png);
-    Tcl_RestoreResult(interp, &sya);
     return match;
 }
 
@@ -3163,7 +3166,7 @@ WriteIDAT(
 
 	    *destPtr++ = srcPtr[blockPtr->offset[0]];
 
-	    /* 
+	    /*
 	     * If not grayscale, copy the green and blue channels.
 	     */
 
@@ -3353,7 +3356,7 @@ EncodePNG(
 	    pngPtr->colorType = PNG_COLOR_RGBA;
 	    pngPtr->bytesPerPixel = 4;
 	} else {
-	    pngPtr->colorType = PNG_COLOR_RGBA;
+	    pngPtr->colorType = PNG_COLOR_RGB;
 	    pngPtr->bytesPerPixel = 3;
 	}
     } else {
diff --git a/generic/tkImgPPM.c b/generic/tkImgPPM.c
index edd1b71..6f084f0 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgPPM.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgPPM.c
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ FileReadPPM(
 				 * image being read. */
 {
     int fileWidth, fileHeight, maxIntensity;
-    int nLines, nBytes, h, type, count;
+    int nLines, nBytes, h, type, count, bytesPerChannel = 1;
     unsigned char *pixelPtr;
     Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
 
@@ -158,12 +158,14 @@ FileReadPPM(
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PPM", "DIMENSIONS", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if ((maxIntensity <= 0) || (maxIntensity >= 256)) {
+    if ((maxIntensity <= 0) || (maxIntensity > 0xffff)) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		"PPM image file \"%s\" has bad maximum intensity value %d",
 		fileName, maxIntensity));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PPM", "INTENSITY", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else if (maxIntensity > 0x00ff) {
+	bytesPerChannel = 2;
     }
 
     if ((srcX + width) > fileWidth) {
@@ -173,20 +175,20 @@ FileReadPPM(
 	height = fileHeight - srcY;
     }
     if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)
-	|| (srcX >= fileWidth) || (srcY >= fileHeight)) {
+	    || (srcX >= fileWidth) || (srcY >= fileHeight)) {
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
     if (type == PGM) {
-	block.pixelSize = 1;
+	block.pixelSize = 1 * bytesPerChannel;
 	block.offset[0] = 0;
 	block.offset[1] = 0;
 	block.offset[2] = 0;
     } else {
-	block.pixelSize = 3;
+	block.pixelSize = 3 * bytesPerChannel;
 	block.offset[0] = 0;
-	block.offset[1] = 1;
-	block.offset[2] = 2;
+	block.offset[1] = 1 * bytesPerChannel;
+	block.offset[2] = 2 * bytesPerChannel;
     }
     block.offset[3] = 0;
     block.width = width;
@@ -228,12 +230,21 @@ FileReadPPM(
 	    ckfree(pixelPtr);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (maxIntensity != 255) {
+	if (maxIntensity < 0x00ff) {
 	    unsigned char *p;
 
 	    for (p = pixelPtr; count > 0; count--, p++) {
 		*p = (((int) *p) * 255)/maxIntensity;
 	    }
+	} else if (maxIntensity > 0x00ff) {
+	    unsigned char *p;
+	    unsigned int value;
+
+	    for (p = pixelPtr; count > 0; count--, p += 2) {
+		value = ((unsigned int) p[0]) * 256 + ((unsigned int) p[1]);
+		value = value * 255 / maxIntensity;
+		p[0] = p[1] = (unsigned char) value;
+	    }
 	}
 	block.height = nLines;
 	if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &block, destX, destY,
@@ -478,7 +489,7 @@ StringReadPPM(
 				 * image being read. */
 {
     int fileWidth, fileHeight, maxIntensity;
-    int nLines, nBytes, h, type, count, dataSize;
+    int nLines, nBytes, h, type, count, dataSize, bytesPerChannel = 1;
     unsigned char *pixelPtr, *dataBuffer;
     Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
 
@@ -496,12 +507,14 @@ StringReadPPM(
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PPM", "DIMENSIONS", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if ((maxIntensity <= 0) || (maxIntensity >= 256)) {
+    if ((maxIntensity <= 0) || (maxIntensity > 0xffff)) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		"PPM image data has bad maximum intensity value %d",
 		maxIntensity));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PPM", "INTENSITY", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else if (maxIntensity > 0x00ff) {
+	bytesPerChannel = 2;
     }
 
     if ((srcX + width) > fileWidth) {
@@ -516,15 +529,15 @@ StringReadPPM(
     }
 
     if (type == PGM) {
-	block.pixelSize = 1;
+	block.pixelSize = 1 * bytesPerChannel;
 	block.offset[0] = 0;
 	block.offset[1] = 0;
 	block.offset[2] = 0;
     } else {
-	block.pixelSize = 3;
+	block.pixelSize = 3 * bytesPerChannel;
 	block.offset[0] = 0;
-	block.offset[1] = 1;
-	block.offset[2] = 2;
+	block.offset[1] = 1 * bytesPerChannel;
+	block.offset[2] = 2 * bytesPerChannel;
     }
     block.offset[3] = 0;
     block.width = width;
@@ -535,7 +548,7 @@ StringReadPPM(
 	dataSize -= srcY * block.pitch;
     }
 
-    if (maxIntensity == 255) {
+    if (maxIntensity == 0x00ff) {
 	/*
 	 * We have all the data in memory, so write everything in one go.
 	 */
@@ -582,8 +595,19 @@ StringReadPPM(
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PPM", "TRUNCATED", NULL);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	for (p=pixelPtr,count=nBytes ; count>0 ; count--,p++,dataBuffer++) {
-	    *p = (((int) *dataBuffer) * 255)/maxIntensity;
+	if (maxIntensity < 0x00ff) {
+	    for (p=pixelPtr,count=nBytes ; count>0 ; count--,p++,dataBuffer++) {
+		*p = (((int) *dataBuffer) * 255)/maxIntensity;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    unsigned char *p;
+	    unsigned int value;
+
+	    for (p = pixelPtr,count=nBytes; count > 1; count-=2, p += 2) {
+		value = ((unsigned int) p[0]) * 256 + ((unsigned int) p[1]);
+		value = value * 255 / maxIntensity;
+		p[0] = p[1] = (unsigned char) value;
+	    }
 	}
 	dataSize -= nBytes;
 	block.height = nLines;
diff --git a/generic/tkImgPhInstance.c b/generic/tkImgPhInstance.c
index 3097489..666a9b0 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgPhInstance.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgPhInstance.c
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ static int imgPhotoColorHashInitialized;
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Generates errors via Tcl_BackgroundError if there are problems in
+ *	Generates errors via Tcl_BackgroundException if there are problems in
  *	setting up the instance.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ TkImgPhotoGet(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-#ifndef __WIN32__
+#ifndef _WIN32
 #define GetRValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & red_mask) >> red_shift))
 #define GetGValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & green_mask) >> green_shift))
 #define GetBValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & blue_mask) >> blue_shift))
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ TkImgPhotoGet(
 	(((r) * red_mask / 255)   & red_mask)   | \
 	(((g) * green_mask / 255) & green_mask) | \
 	(((b) * blue_mask / 255)  & blue_mask)  ))
-#endif /* !__WIN32__ */
+#endif /* !_WIN32 */
 
 static void
 BlendComplexAlpha(
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ BlendComplexAlpha(
      * might be cached for better performance.
      */
 
-#ifndef __WIN32__
+#ifndef _WIN32
     unsigned long red_mask, green_mask, blue_mask;
     unsigned long red_shift, green_shift, blue_shift;
     Visual *visual = iPtr->visualInfo.visual;
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ BlendComplexAlpha(
     while ((0x0001 & (blue_mask >> blue_shift)) == 0) {
 	blue_shift++;
     }
-#endif /* !__WIN32__ */
+#endif /* !_WIN32 */
 
     /*
      * Only UNIX requires the special case for <24bpp. It varies with 3 extra
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ BlendComplexAlpha(
      * optimized.
      */
 
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
     if (bgImg->depth < 24) {
 	unsigned char red_mlen, green_mlen, blue_mlen;
 
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ BlendComplexAlpha(
 	}
 	return;
     }
-#endif /* !__WIN32__ && !MAC_OSX_TK */
+#endif /* !_WIN32 && !MAC_OSX_TK */
 
     for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
 	line = (y + yOffset) * iPtr->masterPtr->width;
@@ -1336,12 +1336,12 @@ AllocateColors(
 	 * since we will be passing the color table into the TkPutImage call.
 	 */
 
-#ifndef __WIN32__
+#ifndef _WIN32
 	if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.class != DirectColor)
 		&& (colorPtr->visualInfo.class != TrueColor)) {
 	    colorPtr->flags |= MAP_COLORS;
 	}
-#endif /* __WIN32__ */
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
     }
 
     colorPtr->numColors = numColors;
@@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ TkImgDitherInstance(
 		    case NBBY:
 			*destBytePtr++ = i;
 			break;
-#ifndef __WIN32__
+#ifndef _WIN32
 			/*
 			 * This case is not valid for Windows because the
 			 * image format is different from the pixel format in
@@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ TkImgDitherInstance(
 		    case NBBY:
 			*destBytePtr++ = i;
 			break;
-#ifndef __WIN32__
+#ifndef _WIN32
 			/*
 			 * This case is not valid for Windows because the
 			 * image format is different from the pixel format in
diff --git a/generic/tkImgPhoto.c b/generic/tkImgPhoto.c
index ce160a4..3e03f3d 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgPhoto.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgPhoto.c
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ PhotoFormatThreadExitProc(
     while (tsdPtr->formatList != NULL) {
 	freePtr = tsdPtr->formatList;
 	tsdPtr->formatList = tsdPtr->formatList->nextPtr;
-	ckfree(freePtr->name);
+	ckfree((char *)freePtr->name);
 	ckfree(freePtr);
     }
 }
@@ -886,6 +886,19 @@ ImgPhotoCmd(
 		    break;
 		}
 		dataWidth = listObjc;
+		/*
+ 		 * Memory allocation overflow protection.
+ 		 * May not be able to trigger/ demo / test this.
+ 		 */
+
+		if (dataWidth > (int)((UINT_MAX/3) / dataHeight)) {
+		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+			"photo image dimensions exceed Tcl memory limits", -1));
+		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
+			"OVERFLOW", NULL);
+		    break;
+		}
+
 		pixelPtr = ckalloc(dataWidth * dataHeight * 3);
 		block.pixelPtr = pixelPtr;
 	    } else if (listObjc != dataWidth) {
@@ -2051,8 +2064,8 @@ static int
 ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(
     PhotoMaster *mPtr)
 {
-    size_t len = MAX(mPtr->userWidth, mPtr->width) *
-	    MAX(mPtr->userHeight, mPtr->height) * 4;
+    size_t len = (size_t)MAX(mPtr->userWidth, mPtr->width) *
+	    (size_t)MAX(mPtr->userHeight, mPtr->height) * 4;
     unsigned char *c = mPtr->pix32;
     unsigned char *end = c + len;
 
@@ -2062,6 +2075,9 @@ ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(
      */
 
     mPtr->flags &= ~COMPLEX_ALPHA;
+    if (c == NULL) {
+	return 0;
+    }
     c += 3;			/* Start at first alpha byte. */
     for (; c < end; c += 4) {
 	if (*c && *c != 255) {
@@ -2192,6 +2208,10 @@ ImgPhotoSetSize(
 	height = masterPtr->userHeight;
     }
 
+    if (width > INT_MAX / 4) {
+	/* Pitch overflows int */
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
     pitch = width * 4;
 
     /*
@@ -2201,11 +2221,12 @@ ImgPhotoSetSize(
 
     if ((width != masterPtr->width) || (height != masterPtr->height)
 	    || (masterPtr->pix32 == NULL)) {
-	/*
-	 * Not a u-long, but should be one.
-	 */
+	unsigned newPixSize;
 
-	unsigned /*long*/ newPixSize = (unsigned /*long*/) (height * pitch);
+	if (pitch && height > (int)(UINT_MAX / pitch)) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	newPixSize = height * pitch;
 
 	/*
 	 * Some mallocs() really hate allocating zero bytes. [Bug 619544]
@@ -2257,14 +2278,14 @@ ImgPhotoSetSize(
 	if ((masterPtr->pix32 != NULL)
 	    && ((width == masterPtr->width) || (width == validBox.width))) {
 	    if (validBox.y > 0) {
-		memset(newPix32, 0, (size_t) (validBox.y * pitch));
+		memset(newPix32, 0, ((size_t) validBox.y * pitch));
 	    }
 	    h = validBox.y + validBox.height;
 	    if (h < height) {
-		memset(newPix32 + h*pitch, 0, (size_t) ((height - h) * pitch));
+		memset(newPix32 + h*pitch, 0, ((size_t) (height - h) * pitch));
 	    }
 	} else {
-	    memset(newPix32, 0, (size_t) (height * pitch));
+	    memset(newPix32, 0, ((size_t)height * pitch));
 	}
 
 	if (masterPtr->pix32 != NULL) {
@@ -2281,7 +2302,7 @@ ImgPhotoSetSize(
 
 		offset = validBox.y * pitch;
 		memcpy(newPix32 + offset, masterPtr->pix32 + offset,
-			(size_t) (validBox.height * pitch));
+			((size_t)validBox.height * pitch));
 
 	    } else if ((validBox.width > 0) && (validBox.height > 0)) {
 		/*
@@ -2292,7 +2313,7 @@ ImgPhotoSetSize(
 		srcPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (validBox.y * masterPtr->width
 			+ validBox.x) * 4;
 		for (h = validBox.height; h > 0; h--) {
-		    memcpy(destPtr, srcPtr, (size_t) (validBox.width * 4));
+		    memcpy(destPtr, srcPtr, ((size_t)validBox.width * 4));
 		    destPtr += width * 4;
 		    srcPtr += masterPtr->width * 4;
 		}
@@ -2772,7 +2793,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutBlock(
 		&& (blockPtr->pitch == pitch)))
 	    && (compRule == TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET)) {
 	memmove(destLinePtr, blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0],
-		(size_t) (height * width * 4));
+		((size_t)height * width * 4));
 
 	/*
 	 * We know there's an alpha offset and we're setting the data, so skip
@@ -2804,7 +2825,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutBlock(
 		    && (blueOffset == 2) && (alphaOffset == 3)
 		    && (width <= blockPtr->width)
 		    && compRuleSet) {
-		memcpy(destLinePtr, srcLinePtr, (size_t) (width * 4));
+		memcpy(destLinePtr, srcLinePtr, ((size_t)width * 4));
 		srcLinePtr += blockPtr->pitch;
 		destLinePtr += pitch;
 		continue;
@@ -3454,7 +3475,7 @@ Tk_PhotoBlank(
      */
 
     memset(masterPtr->pix32, 0,
-	    (size_t) (masterPtr->width * masterPtr->height * 4));
+	    ((size_t)masterPtr->width * masterPtr->height * 4));
     for (instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
 	    instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
 	TkImgResetDither(instancePtr);
@@ -3684,10 +3705,7 @@ ImgGetPhoto(
 	}
     }
     if (!alphaOffset) {
-	blockPtr->pixelPtr--;
-	blockPtr->offset[0]++;
-	blockPtr->offset[1]++;
-	blockPtr->offset[2]++;
+	blockPtr->offset[3]= -1; /* Tell caller alpha need not be read */
     }
     greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
     blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
@@ -3702,6 +3720,10 @@ ImgGetPhoto(
 	if ((greenOffset||blueOffset) && !(optPtr->options & OPT_GRAYSCALE)) {
 	    newPixelSize += 2;
 	}
+
+	if (blockPtr->height > (int)((UINT_MAX/newPixelSize)/blockPtr->width)) {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
 	data = attemptckalloc(newPixelSize*blockPtr->width*blockPtr->height);
 	if (data == NULL) {
 	    return NULL;
@@ -3803,9 +3825,11 @@ ImgGetPhoto(
 	if (newPixelSize > 2) {
 	    blockPtr->offset[1] = 1;
 	    blockPtr->offset[2] = 2;
+	    blockPtr->offset[3]= 3;
 	} else {
 	    blockPtr->offset[1] = 0;
 	    blockPtr->offset[2] = 0;
+	    blockPtr->offset[3]= 1;
 	}
 	return data;
     }
@@ -3836,32 +3860,30 @@ ImgStringWrite(
     Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
 {
     int greenOffset, blueOffset;
-    Tcl_DString data;
+    Tcl_Obj *data;
 
     greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
     blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
 
-    Tcl_DStringInit(&data);
+    data = Tcl_NewObj();
     if ((blockPtr->width > 0) && (blockPtr->height > 0)) {
-	char *line = ckalloc((8 * blockPtr->width) + 2);
 	int row, col;
 
 	for (row=0; row<blockPtr->height; row++) {
+	    Tcl_Obj *line = Tcl_NewObj();
 	    unsigned char *pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0]
 		    + row * blockPtr->pitch;
-	    char *linePtr = line;
 
 	    for (col=0; col<blockPtr->width; col++) {
-		sprintf(linePtr, " #%02x%02x%02x", *pixelPtr,
+		Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(line, "%s#%02x%02x%02x",
+			col ? " " : "", *pixelPtr,
 			pixelPtr[greenOffset], pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
 		pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
-		linePtr += 8;
 	    }
-	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&data, line+1);
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, data, line);
 	}
-	ckfree(line);
     }
-    Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &data);
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, data);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
diff --git a/generic/tkImgPhoto.h b/generic/tkImgPhoto.h
index 7bef76b..36bc6cb 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgPhoto.h
+++ b/generic/tkImgPhoto.h
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
 #elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
diff --git a/generic/tkInt.decls b/generic/tkInt.decls
index 2ee9d1c..586b407 100644
--- a/generic/tkInt.decls
+++ b/generic/tkInt.decls
@@ -506,12 +506,12 @@ declare 154 {
 
 # entries needed only by tktest:
 declare 156 {
-    int TkpTestembedCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
-	    const char **argv)
+    int TkpTestembedCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+	    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 }
 declare 157 {
-    int TkpTesttextCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
-	    const char **argv)
+    int TkpTesttextCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+	    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 }
 declare 158 {
     int TkSelGetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
@@ -684,8 +684,8 @@ declare 12 x11 {
 }
 # only needed by tktest:
 declare 13 x11 {
-    int TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
-	    const char **argv)
+    int TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+	    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 }
 
 ################################
@@ -841,8 +841,8 @@ declare 44 win {
 }
 # only needed by tktest:
 declare 45 win {
-    int TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
-	    const char **argv)
+    int TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+	    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 }
 
 ################################
@@ -1017,6 +1017,9 @@ declare 50 aqua {
 declare 51 aqua {
     void TkGenWMDestroyEvent(Tk_Window tkwin)
 }
+declare 52 aqua {
+    void TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(TkWindow *winPtr, int flag)
+}
 
 # removed duplicate from tkPlat table (tk.decls)
 #declare 52 aqua {
@@ -1032,6 +1035,9 @@ declare 53 aqua {
 declare 54 aqua {
     void *TkMacOSXDrawable(Drawable drawable)
 }
+declare 55 aqua {
+    int TkpScanWindowId(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string, Window *idPtr)
+}
 
 ##############################################################################
 
diff --git a/generic/tkInt.h b/generic/tkInt.h
index 21b882c..b644c5b 100644
--- a/generic/tkInt.h
+++ b/generic/tkInt.h
@@ -526,6 +526,7 @@ typedef struct TkDisplay {
 #define TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM			(1 << 1)
 #define TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING			(1 << 3)
 #define TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP			(1 << 4)
+#define TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB			(1 << 5)
 
 /*
  * One of the following structures exists for each error handler created by a
@@ -1076,6 +1077,9 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_ListboxObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_LowerObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_MenuObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
@@ -1106,13 +1110,15 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_RaiseObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_ScaleObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_ScrollbarCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_ScrollbarObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_SelectionObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_SendCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_SendObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp,int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_SendObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
@@ -1147,9 +1153,8 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void	TkFreeGeometryMaster(Tk_Window tkwin,
 
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TkEventInit(void);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TkRegisterObjTypes(void);
-MODULE_SCOPE int	TkCreateMenuCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp);
-MODULE_SCOPE int	TkDeadAppCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	TkDeadAppObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const argv[]);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TkCanvasGetCoordObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tcl_Obj *obj,
 			    double *doublePtr);
@@ -1213,7 +1218,7 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int	TkInitFontchooser(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    ClientData clientData);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpWarpPointer(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #define TkParseColor XParseColor
 #else
 MODULE_SCOPE Status TkParseColor (Display * display,
@@ -1239,7 +1244,7 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int SquareObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TkOldTestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
 #define TkplatformtestInit(x) TCL_OK
 #else
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TkplatformtestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
diff --git a/generic/tkIntDecls.h b/generic/tkIntDecls.h
index 8d36ec0..b8addbd 100644
--- a/generic/tkIntDecls.h
+++ b/generic/tkIntDecls.h
@@ -35,6 +35,10 @@ struct TkSharedText;
 
 /* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
 /*
  * Exported function declarations:
  */
@@ -429,11 +433,11 @@ EXTERN void		TkDeleteThreadExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc,
 /* Slot 155 is reserved */
 /* 156 */
 EXTERN int		TkpTestembedCmd(ClientData clientData,
-				Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
-				const char **argv);
+				Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+				Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 /* 157 */
 EXTERN int		TkpTesttextCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-				int argc, const char **argv);
+				int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 /* 158 */
 EXTERN int		TkSelGetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target,
@@ -549,7 +553,7 @@ EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,
 
 typedef struct TkIntStubs {
     int magic;
-    const struct TkIntStubHooks *hooks;
+    void *hooks;
 
     TkWindow * (*tkAllocWindow) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, int screenNum, TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 0 */
     void (*tkBezierPoints) (double control[], int numSteps, double *coordPtr); /* 1 */
@@ -672,20 +676,20 @@ typedef struct TkIntStubs {
     void (*tkSetRegion) (Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn); /* 118 */
     void (*tkUnionRectWithRegion) (XRectangle *rect, TkRegion src, TkRegion dr_return); /* 119 */
     void (*reserved120)(void);
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
     void (*reserved121)(void);
 #endif /* X11 */
-#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
     void (*reserved121)(void);
 #endif /* WIN */
 #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
     void (*reserved121)(void); /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
     Pixmap (*tkpCreateNativeBitmap) (Display *display, const void *source); /* 121 */
 #endif /* AQUA */
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
     void (*reserved122)(void);
 #endif /* X11 */
-#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
     void (*reserved122)(void);
 #endif /* WIN */
 #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
@@ -693,10 +697,10 @@ typedef struct TkIntStubs {
     void (*tkpDefineNativeBitmaps) (void); /* 122 */
 #endif /* AQUA */
     void (*reserved123)(void);
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
     void (*reserved124)(void);
 #endif /* X11 */
-#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
     void (*reserved124)(void);
 #endif /* WIN */
 #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
@@ -734,8 +738,8 @@ typedef struct TkIntStubs {
     void (*tkCreateThreadExitHandler) (Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 153 */
     void (*tkDeleteThreadExitHandler) (Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 154 */
     void (*reserved155)(void);
-    int (*tkpTestembedCmd) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); /* 156 */
-    int (*tkpTesttextCmd) (ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); /* 157 */
+    int (*tkpTestembedCmd) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 156 */
+    int (*tkpTesttextCmd) (ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 157 */
     int (*tkSelGetSelection) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target, Tk_GetSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 158 */
     int (*tkTextGetIndex) (Tcl_Interp *interp, struct TkText *textPtr, const char *string, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* 159 */
     int (*tkTextIndexBackBytes) (const struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int count, struct TkTextIndex *dstPtr); /* 160 */
@@ -765,10 +769,8 @@ typedef struct TkIntStubs {
     void (*tkDrawAngledChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle); /* 184 */
 } TkIntStubs;
 
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
 extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;
+
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif
@@ -1148,7 +1150,7 @@ extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;
 /*
  * On X11, these macros are just wrappers for the equivalent X Region calls.
  */
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
 
 #undef TkClipBox
 #undef TkCreateRegion
diff --git a/generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h b/generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h
index e2528d8..e48e803 100644
--- a/generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h
+++ b/generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h
@@ -26,11 +26,15 @@
 
 /* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
 /*
  * Exported function declarations:
  */
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
 /* 0 */
 EXTERN char *		TkAlignImageData(XImage *image, int alignment,
 				int bitOrder);
@@ -136,8 +140,8 @@ EXTERN void		TkWmCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
 EXTERN void		TkSendCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
 /* 45 */
 EXTERN int		TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData,
-				Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
-				const char **argv);
+				Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+				Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 #endif /* WIN */
 #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
 /* 0 */
@@ -246,13 +250,17 @@ EXTERN int		TkGenerateButtonEvent(int x, int y, Window window,
 				unsigned int state);
 /* 51 */
 EXTERN void		TkGenWMDestroyEvent(Tk_Window tkwin);
-/* Slot 52 is reserved */
+/* 52 */
+EXTERN void		TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(TkWindow *winPtr, int flag);
 /* 53 */
 EXTERN unsigned long	TkpGetMS(void);
 /* 54 */
 EXTERN void *		TkMacOSXDrawable(Drawable drawable);
+/* 55 */
+EXTERN int		TkpScanWindowId(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+				const char *string, Window *idPtr);
 #endif /* AQUA */
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
 /* 0 */
 EXTERN void		TkCreateXEventSource(void);
 /* Slot 1 is reserved */
@@ -279,15 +287,15 @@ EXTERN void		TkSendCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
 EXTERN int		TkpWmSetState(TkWindow *winPtr, int state);
 /* 13 */
 EXTERN int		TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData,
-				Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
-				const char **argv);
+				Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+				Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 #endif /* X11 */
 
 typedef struct TkIntPlatStubs {
     int magic;
-    const struct TkIntPlatStubHooks *hooks;
+    void *hooks;
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
     char * (*tkAlignImageData) (XImage *image, int alignment, int bitOrder); /* 0 */
     void (*reserved1)(void);
     void (*tkGenerateActivateEvents) (TkWindow *winPtr, int active); /* 2 */
@@ -333,7 +341,7 @@ typedef struct TkIntPlatStubs {
     void (*tkUnixSetMenubar) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Window menubar); /* 42 */
     void (*tkWmCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 43 */
     void (*tkSendCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 44 */
-    int (*tkpTestsendCmd) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); /* 45 */
+    int (*tkpTestsendCmd) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 45 */
 #endif /* WIN */
 #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
     void (*tkGenerateActivateEvents) (TkWindow *winPtr, int active); /* 0 */
@@ -388,11 +396,12 @@ typedef struct TkIntPlatStubs {
     Window (*tkGetTransientMaster) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 49 */
     int (*tkGenerateButtonEvent) (int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state); /* 50 */
     void (*tkGenWMDestroyEvent) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 51 */
-    void (*reserved52)(void);
+    void (*tkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled) (TkWindow *winPtr, int flag); /* 52 */
     unsigned long (*tkpGetMS) (void); /* 53 */
     void * (*tkMacOSXDrawable) (Drawable drawable); /* 54 */
+    int (*tkpScanWindowId) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string, Window *idPtr); /* 55 */
 #endif /* AQUA */
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
     void (*tkCreateXEventSource) (void); /* 0 */
     void (*reserved1)(void);
     void (*reserved2)(void);
@@ -406,14 +415,12 @@ typedef struct TkIntPlatStubs {
     void (*tkSendCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 10 */
     void (*reserved11)(void);
     int (*tkpWmSetState) (TkWindow *winPtr, int state); /* 12 */
-    int (*tkpTestsendCmd) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); /* 13 */
+    int (*tkpTestsendCmd) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 13 */
 #endif /* X11 */
 } TkIntPlatStubs;
 
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
 extern const TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubsPtr;
+
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif
@@ -424,7 +431,7 @@ extern const TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubsPtr;
  * Inline function declarations:
  */
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
 #define TkAlignImageData \
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkAlignImageData) /* 0 */
 /* Slot 1 is reserved */
@@ -615,13 +622,16 @@ extern const TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubsPtr;
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkGenerateButtonEvent) /* 50 */
 #define TkGenWMDestroyEvent \
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkGenWMDestroyEvent) /* 51 */
-/* Slot 52 is reserved */
+#define TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled \
+	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled) /* 52 */
 #define TkpGetMS \
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpGetMS) /* 53 */
 #define TkMacOSXDrawable \
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXDrawable) /* 54 */
+#define TkpScanWindowId \
+	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpScanWindowId) /* 55 */
 #endif /* AQUA */
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
 #define TkCreateXEventSource \
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkCreateXEventSource) /* 0 */
 /* Slot 1 is reserved */
diff --git a/generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h b/generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h
index 5b0f267..6ac7ccb 100644
--- a/generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h
+++ b/generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h
@@ -36,11 +36,15 @@ typedef int (*XAfterFunction) (	    /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
 
 /* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
 /*
  * Exported function declarations:
  */
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
 /* 0 */
 EXTERN int		XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
 				_Xconst char *dash_list, int n);
@@ -620,9 +624,9 @@ EXTERN int		XSync(Display *display, Bool flag);
 
 typedef struct TkIntXlibStubs {
     int magic;
-    const struct TkIntXlibStubHooks *hooks;
+    void *hooks;
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
     int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
     XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
     XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
@@ -835,10 +839,8 @@ typedef struct TkIntXlibStubs {
 #endif /* AQUA */
 } TkIntXlibStubs;
 
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
 extern const TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubsPtr;
+
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif
@@ -849,7 +851,7 @@ extern const TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubsPtr;
  * Inline function declarations:
  */
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
 #define XSetDashes \
 	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */
 #define XGetModifierMapping \
diff --git a/generic/tkListbox.c b/generic/tkListbox.c
index 620f82f..c7effdd 100644
--- a/generic/tkListbox.c
+++ b/generic/tkListbox.c
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 #include "default.h"
 #include "tkInt.h"
 
-#ifdef WIN32
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -90,14 +90,14 @@ typedef struct {
 				 * display. */
     int topIndex;		/* Index of top-most element visible in
 				 * window. */
-    int fullLines;		/* Number of lines that fit are completely
+    int fullLines;		/* Number of lines that are completely
 				 * visible in window. There may be one
 				 * additional line at the bottom that is
 				 * partially visible. */
     int partialLine;		/* 0 means that the window holds exactly
 				 * fullLines lines. 1 means that there is one
 				 * additional line that is partially
-				 * visble. */
+				 * visible. */
     int setGrid;		/* Non-zero means pass gridding information to
 				 * window manager. */
 
@@ -114,7 +114,8 @@ typedef struct {
     int xOffset;		/* The left edge of each string in the listbox
 				 * is offset to the left by this many pixels
 				 * (0 means no offset, positive means there is
-				 * an offset). */
+				 * an offset). This is x scrolling information
+                                 * is not linked to justification. */
 
     /*
      * Information about what's selected or active, if any.
@@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ typedef struct {
     int active;			/* Index of "active" element (the one that has
 				 * been selected by keyboard traversal). -1
 				 * means none. */
-    int activeStyle;		/* style in which to draw the active element.
+    int activeStyle;		/* Style in which to draw the active element.
 				 * One of: underline, none, dotbox */
 
     /*
@@ -165,6 +166,7 @@ typedef struct {
     Pixmap gray;		/* Pixmap for displaying disabled text. */
     int flags;			/* Various flag bits: see below for
 				 * definitions. */
+    Tk_Justify justify;         /* Justification. */
 } Listbox;
 
 /*
@@ -197,7 +199,7 @@ typedef struct {
  *				be updated.
  * GOT_FOCUS:			Non-zero means this widget currently has the
  *				input focus.
- * MAXWIDTH_IS_STALE:		Stored maxWidth may be out-of-date
+ * MAXWIDTH_IS_STALE:		Stored maxWidth may be out-of-date.
  * LISTBOX_DELETED:		This listbox has been effectively destroyed.
  */
 
@@ -275,6 +277,8 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
     {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
 	 "HighlightThickness", DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
 	 Tk_Offset(Listbox, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
+    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
+	DEF_LISTBOX_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, justify), 0, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
 	 DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, relief), 0, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
@@ -285,7 +289,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
 	 Tk_Offset(Listbox, selBorderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
 	 DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, selFgColorPtr),
-	 TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
+	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
 	 DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, selectMode),
 	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
@@ -313,7 +317,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
 
 /*
  * The itemAttrOptionSpecs table defines the valid configuration options for
- * listbox items
+ * listbox items.
  */
 
 static const Tk_OptionSpec itemAttrOptionSpecs[] = {
@@ -340,7 +344,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec itemAttrOptionSpecs[] = {
 };
 
 /*
- * The following tables define the listbox widget commands (and sub- commands)
+ * The following tables define the listbox widget commands (and sub-commands)
  * and map the indexes into the string tables into enumerated types used to
  * dispatch the listbox widget command.
  */
@@ -386,13 +390,13 @@ enum indices {
 static void		ChangeListboxOffset(Listbox *listPtr, int offset);
 static void		ChangeListboxView(Listbox *listPtr, int index);
 static int		ConfigureListbox(Tcl_Interp *interp, Listbox *listPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		ConfigureListboxItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Listbox *listPtr, ItemAttr *attrs, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int index);
 static int		ListboxDeleteSubCmd(Listbox *listPtr,
 			    int first, int last);
-static void		DestroyListbox(char *memPtr);
+static void		DestroyListbox(void *memPtr);
 static void		DestroyListboxOptionTables(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
 static void		DisplayListbox(ClientData clientData);
@@ -408,6 +412,7 @@ static void		ListboxEventProc(ClientData clientData,
 static int		ListboxFetchSelection(ClientData clientData,
 			    int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes);
 static void		ListboxLostSelection(ClientData clientData);
+static void		GenerateListboxSelectEvent(Listbox *listPtr);
 static void		EventuallyRedrawRange(Listbox *listPtr,
 			    int first, int last);
 static void		ListboxScanTo(Listbox *listPtr, int x, int y);
@@ -435,6 +440,7 @@ static char *		ListboxListVarProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    const char *name2, int flags);
 static void		MigrateHashEntries(Tcl_HashTable *table,
 			    int first, int last, int offset);
+static int		GetMaxOffset(Listbox *listPtr);
 
 /*
  * The structure below defines button class behavior by means of procedures
@@ -545,6 +551,7 @@ Tk_ListboxObjCmd(
     listPtr->cursor		 = None;
     listPtr->state		 = STATE_NORMAL;
     listPtr->gray		 = None;
+    listPtr->justify             = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
 
     /*
      * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the listbox,
@@ -566,7 +573,7 @@ Tk_ListboxObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (ConfigureListbox(interp, listPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (ConfigureListbox(interp, listPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
 	Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -612,7 +619,7 @@ ListboxWidgetObjCmd(
 
     /*
      * Parse the command by looking up the second argument in the list of
-     * valid subcommand names
+     * valid subcommand names.
      */
 
     result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], commandNames,
@@ -697,7 +704,7 @@ ListboxWidgetObjCmd(
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
 	    result = TCL_OK;
 	} else {
-	    result = ConfigureListbox(interp, listPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0);
+	    result = ConfigureListbox(interp, listPtr, objc-2, objv+2);
 	}
 	break;
 
@@ -1075,6 +1082,7 @@ ListboxBboxSubCmd(
     Listbox *listPtr,		/* Information about the listbox */
     int index)			/* Index of the element to get bbox info on */
 {
+    register Tk_Window tkwin = listPtr->tkwin;
     int lastVisibleIndex;
 
     /*
@@ -1110,7 +1118,15 @@ ListboxBboxSubCmd(
 	Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
 	pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);
 
-	x = listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth - listPtr->xOffset;
+        if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
+            x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;
+        } else if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
+            x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth)
+                    - pixelWidth - listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr);
+        } else {
+            x = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - pixelWidth)/2
+                    - listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr)/2;
+        }
 	y = ((index - listPtr->topIndex)*listPtr->lineHeight)
 		+ listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth;
 	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x);
@@ -1428,9 +1444,9 @@ ListboxGetItemAttributes(
 
 static void
 DestroyListbox(
-    char *memPtr)		/* Info about listbox widget. */
+    void *memPtr)		/* Info about listbox widget. */
 {
-    register Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *) memPtr;
+    register Listbox *listPtr = memPtr;
     Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
     Tcl_HashSearch search;
 
@@ -1444,7 +1460,7 @@ DestroyListbox(
     }
 
     if (listPtr->listVarName != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listVarName,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		ListboxListVarProc, listPtr);
     }
@@ -1542,8 +1558,7 @@ ConfigureListbox(
     register Listbox *listPtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
     int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments. */
-    int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
 {
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
     Tcl_Obj *oldListObj = NULL;
@@ -1552,7 +1567,7 @@ ConfigureListbox(
 
     oldExport = listPtr->exportSelection;
     if (listPtr->listVarName != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, listPtr->listVarName,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		ListboxListVarProc, listPtr);
     }
@@ -1629,9 +1644,6 @@ ConfigureListbox(
 		if (Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
 			listVarObj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
 			== NULL) {
-		    if (oldListObj == NULL) {
-			Tcl_DecrRefCount(listVarObj);
-		    }
 		    continue;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -1648,8 +1660,8 @@ ConfigureListbox(
 	    }
 
 	    listPtr->listObj = listVarObj;
-	    Tcl_TraceVar(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listVarName,
-		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	    Tcl_TraceVar2(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listVarName,
+		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		    ListboxListVarProc, listPtr);
 	} else if (listPtr->listObj == NULL) {
 	    listPtr->listObj = Tcl_NewObj();
@@ -1840,6 +1852,7 @@ DisplayListbox(
 				 * or right edge of the listbox is
 				 * off-screen. */
     Pixmap pixmap;
+    int textWidth;
 
     listPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
     if (listPtr->flags & LISTBOX_DELETED) {
@@ -2019,7 +2032,7 @@ DisplayListbox(
 	    } else {
 		/*
 		 * If there is an item attributes record for this item, draw
-		 * the background box and set the foreground color accordingly
+		 * the background box and set the foreground color accordingly.
 		 */
 
 		if (entry != NULL) {
@@ -2059,12 +2072,24 @@ DisplayListbox(
 	 * Draw the actual text of this item.
 	 */
 
+        Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &curElement);
+        stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
+        textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);
+
 	Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
 	y += fm.ascent + listPtr->selBorderWidth;
-	x = listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth - listPtr->xOffset;
-	Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &curElement);
-	stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
-	Tk_DrawChars(listPtr->display, pixmap, gc, listPtr->tkfont,
+
+        if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
+            x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;
+        } else if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
+            x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth)
+                    - textWidth - listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr);
+        } else {
+            x = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - textWidth)/2
+                    - listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr)/2;
+        }
+
+        Tk_DrawChars(listPtr->display, pixmap, gc, listPtr->tkfont,
 		stringRep, stringLen, x, y);
 
 	/*
@@ -2080,7 +2105,7 @@ DisplayListbox(
 		Tk_UnderlineChars(listPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
 			listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, x, y, 0, stringLen);
 	    } else if (listPtr->activeStyle == ACTIVE_STYLE_DOTBOX) {
-#ifdef WIN32
+#ifdef _WIN32
 		/*
 		 * This provides for exact default look and feel on Windows.
 		 */
@@ -2097,7 +2122,7 @@ DisplayListbox(
 		rect.bottom = rect.top + listPtr->lineHeight;
 		DrawFocusRect(dc, &rect);
 		TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(pixmap, dc, &state);
-#else /* !WIN32 */
+#else /* !_WIN32 */
 		/*
 		 * Draw a dotted box around the text.
 		 */
@@ -2136,7 +2161,7 @@ DisplayListbox(
 		    gcValues.line_style = LineSolid;
 		    XChangeGC(listPtr->display, gc, GCLineStyle, &gcValues);
 		}
-#endif /* WIN32 */
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
 	    }
 	}
 
@@ -2461,7 +2486,7 @@ ListboxDeleteSubCmd(
 	/*
 	 * Check width of the element. We only have to check if widthChanged
 	 * has not already been set to 1, because we only need one maxWidth
-	 * element to disappear for us to have to recompute the width
+	 * element to disappear for us to have to recompute the width.
 	 */
 
 	if (widthChanged == 0) {
@@ -2601,7 +2626,7 @@ ListboxEventProc(
 	    if (listPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
 		Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayListbox, clientData);
 	    }
-	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, DestroyListbox);
+	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyListbox);
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
 	int vertSpace;
@@ -2738,7 +2763,11 @@ GetListboxIndex(
 
     stringRep = Tcl_GetString(indexObj);
     if (stringRep[0] == '@') {
-	/* @x,y index */
+
+        /*
+         * @x,y index
+         */
+
 	int y;
 	const char *start;
 	char *end;
@@ -2847,9 +2876,7 @@ ChangeListboxOffset(
      */
 
     offset += listPtr->xScrollUnit / 2;
-    maxOffset = listPtr->maxWidth - (Tk_Width(listPtr->tkwin) -
-	    2*listPtr->inset - 2*listPtr->selBorderWidth)
-	    + listPtr->xScrollUnit - 1;
+    maxOffset = GetMaxOffset(listPtr);
     if (offset > maxOffset) {
 	offset = maxOffset;
     }
@@ -2890,9 +2917,7 @@ ListboxScanTo(
     int newTopIndex, newOffset, maxIndex, maxOffset;
 
     maxIndex = listPtr->nElements - listPtr->fullLines;
-    maxOffset = listPtr->maxWidth + (listPtr->xScrollUnit - 1)
-	    - (Tk_Width(listPtr->tkwin) - 2*listPtr->inset
-	    - 2*listPtr->selBorderWidth - listPtr->xScrollUnit);
+    maxOffset = GetMaxOffset(listPtr);
 
     /*
      * Compute new top line for screen by amplifying the difference between
@@ -3173,12 +3198,46 @@ ListboxLostSelection(
 
     if ((listPtr->exportSelection) && (listPtr->nElements > 0)) {
 	ListboxSelect(listPtr, 0, listPtr->nElements-1, 0);
+        GenerateListboxSelectEvent(listPtr);
     }
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
+ * GenerateListboxSelectEvent --
+ *
+ *	Send an event that the listbox selection was updated. This is
+ *	equivalent to event generate $listboxWidget <<ListboxSelect>>
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Any side effect possible, depending on bindings to this event.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+GenerateListboxSelectEvent(
+    Listbox *listPtr)		/* Information about widget. */
+{
+    union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virtual;} event;
+
+    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
+    event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
+    event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(listPtr->tkwin));
+    event.general.xany.send_event = False;
+    event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(listPtr->tkwin);
+    event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(listPtr->tkwin);
+    event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid("ListboxSelect");
+    Tk_HandleEvent(&event.general);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
  * EventuallyRedrawRange --
  *
  *	Ensure that a given range of elements is eventually redrawn on the
@@ -3244,6 +3303,7 @@ ListboxUpdateVScrollbar(
     double first, last;
     int result;
     Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tcl_DString buf;
 
     if (listPtr->yScrollCmd == NULL) {
 	return;
@@ -3269,8 +3329,14 @@ ListboxUpdateVScrollbar(
 
     interp = listPtr->interp;
     Tcl_Preserve(interp);
-    result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, listPtr->yScrollCmd, " ", firstStr, " ",
-	    lastStr, NULL);
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, listPtr->yScrollCmd, -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, firstStr, -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, lastStr, -1);
+    result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
     if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
 		"\n    (vertical scrolling command executed by listbox)");
@@ -3307,6 +3373,7 @@ ListboxUpdateHScrollbar(
     int result, windowWidth;
     double first, last;
     Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tcl_DString buf;
 
     if (listPtr->xScrollCmd == NULL) {
 	return;
@@ -3334,8 +3401,14 @@ ListboxUpdateHScrollbar(
 
     interp = listPtr->interp;
     Tcl_Preserve(interp);
-    result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, listPtr->xScrollCmd, " ", firstStr, " ",
-	    lastStr, NULL);
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, listPtr->xScrollCmd, -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, firstStr, -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, lastStr, -1);
+    result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
     if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
 		"\n    (horizontal scrolling command executed by listbox)");
@@ -3381,8 +3454,8 @@ ListboxListVarProc(
 	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
 	    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
 		    listPtr->listObj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-	    Tcl_TraceVar(interp, listPtr->listVarName,
-		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, listPtr->listVarName,
+		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		    ListboxListVarProc, clientData);
 	    return NULL;
 	}
@@ -3420,7 +3493,7 @@ ListboxListVarProc(
 
     /*
      * If the list length has decreased, then we should clean up selection and
-     * attributes information for elements past the end of the new list
+     * attributes information for elements past the end of the new list.
      */
 
     oldLength = listPtr->nElements;
@@ -3538,6 +3611,42 @@ MigrateHashEntries(
 }
 
 /*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetMaxOffset --
+ *
+ *	Passing in a listbox pointer, returns the maximum offset for the box,
+ *	i.e. the maximum possible horizontal scrolling value (in pixels).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Listbox's maxOffset.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+static int GetMaxOffset(
+    register Listbox *listPtr)
+{
+    int maxOffset;
+
+    maxOffset = listPtr->maxWidth -
+            (Tk_Width(listPtr->tkwin) - 2*listPtr->inset -
+            2*listPtr->selBorderWidth) + listPtr->xScrollUnit - 1;
+    if (maxOffset < 0) {
+
+        /*
+         * Listbox is larger in width than its largest width item.
+         */
+
+        maxOffset = 0;
+    }
+    maxOffset -= maxOffset % listPtr->xScrollUnit;
+
+    return maxOffset;
+}
+/*
  * Local Variables:
  * mode: c
  * c-basic-offset: 4
diff --git a/generic/tkMain.c b/generic/tkMain.c
index 706f444..1b21223 100644
--- a/generic/tkMain.c
+++ b/generic/tkMain.c
@@ -54,8 +54,17 @@ extern int TkCygwinMainEx(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);
  * platforms which don't have <tchar.h> we have to translate that
  * to strcmp here.
  */
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-#   include "tclInt.h"
+#ifdef _WIN32
+/*  Little hack to eliminate the need for "tclInt.h" here:
+    Just copy a small portion of TclIntPlatStubs, just
+    enough to make it work. See [600b72bfbc] */
+typedef struct {
+    int magic;
+    void *hooks;
+    void (*dummy[16]) (void); /* dummy entries 0-15, not used */
+    int (*tclpIsAtty) (int fd); /* 16 */
+} TclIntPlatStubs;
+extern const TclIntPlatStubs *tclIntPlatStubsPtr;
 #   include "tkWinInt.h"
 #else
 #   define TCHAR char
@@ -95,7 +104,7 @@ extern int TkCygwinMainEx(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);
  * it will conflict with a declaration elsewhere on some systems.
  */
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(_WIN32)
+#if defined(_WIN32)
 #define isatty WinIsTty
 static int WinIsTty(int fd) {
     HANDLE handle;
@@ -108,9 +117,9 @@ static int WinIsTty(int fd) {
      */
 
 #if !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
-	if (tclStubsPtr->reserved9 && TclpIsAtty) {
+	if (tclStubsPtr->reserved9 && tclIntPlatStubsPtr->tclpIsAtty) {
 	    /* We are running on Cygwin */
-	    return TclpIsAtty(fd);
+	    return tclIntPlatStubsPtr->tclpIsAtty(fd);
 	}
 #endif
     handle = GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE + fd);
@@ -184,15 +193,18 @@ Tk_MainEx(
     InteractiveState is;
 
     /*
-     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl. This is really
-     * only an issue when Tk is loaded dynamically.
+     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
      */
 
-    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, TCL_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
-	abort();
+    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
+	if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
+	    abort();
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
+	}
     }
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WIN64__) && !defined(UNICODE) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(UNICODE) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
 
     if (tclStubsPtr->reserved9) {
 	/* We are running win32 Tk under Cygwin, so let's check
@@ -223,7 +235,7 @@ Tk_MainEx(
     is.gotPartial = 0;
     Tcl_Preserve(interp);
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
     Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp);
 #endif
 
@@ -315,7 +327,7 @@ Tk_MainEx(
      */
 
     if (appInitProc(interp) != TCL_OK) {
-	TkpDisplayWarning(Tcl_GetStringResult(interp),
+	TkpDisplayWarning(Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)),
 		"application-specific initialization failed");
     }
 
@@ -335,7 +347,7 @@ Tk_MainEx(
 	     */
 
 	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "");
-	    TkpDisplayWarning(Tcl_GetVar(interp, "errorInfo",
+	    TkpDisplayWarning(Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "errorInfo", NULL,
 		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY), "Error in startup script");
 	    Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp);
 	    Tcl_Exit(1);
@@ -448,7 +460,7 @@ StdinProc(
 	Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(isPtr->input, TCL_READABLE, StdinProc, isPtr);
     }
     Tcl_DStringFree(&isPtr->command);
-    if (Tcl_GetStringResult(interp)[0] != '\0') {
+    if (Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp))[0] != '\0') {
 	if ((code != TCL_OK) || (isPtr->tty)) {
 	    chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel((code != TCL_OK) ? TCL_STDERR : TCL_STDOUT);
 	    if (chan) {
@@ -511,7 +523,7 @@ Prompt(
 	if (code != TCL_OK) {
 	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
 		    "\n    (script that generates prompt)");
-	    if (Tcl_GetStringResult(interp)[0] != '\0') {
+	    if (Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp))[0] != '\0') {
 		chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR);
 		if (chan != NULL) {
 		    Tcl_WriteObj(chan, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
diff --git a/generic/tkMenu.c b/generic/tkMenu.c
index 12d6ebd..d24516f 100644
--- a/generic/tkMenu.c
+++ b/generic/tkMenu.c
@@ -81,6 +81,10 @@ typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
     int menusInitialized;	/* Flag indicates whether thread-specific
 				 * elements of the Windows Menu module have
 				 * been initialized. */
+    Tk_OptionTable menuOptionTable;
+				/* The option table for menus. */
+    Tk_OptionTable entryOptionTables[6];
+				/* The tables for menu entries. */
 } ThreadSpecificData;
 static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
 
@@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ static void		DeleteMenuCloneEntries(TkMenu *menuPtr,
 static void		DestroyMenuHashTable(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
 static void		DestroyMenuInstance(TkMenu *menuPtr);
-static void		DestroyMenuEntry(char *memPtr);
+static void		DestroyMenuEntry(void *memPtr);
 static int		GetIndexFromCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    TkMenu *menuPtr, const char *string,
 			    int *indexPtr);
@@ -349,8 +353,6 @@ static int		MenuDoXPosition(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 static int		MenuAddOrInsert(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		MenuCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		MenuCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static TkMenuEntry *	MenuNewEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, int index, int type);
 static char *		MenuVarProc(ClientData clientData,
@@ -381,63 +383,7 @@ static const Tk_ClassProcs menuClass = {
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * TkCreateMenuCmd --
- *
- *	Called by Tk at initialization time to create the menu command.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-FreeOptionTables(
-    ClientData clientData,
-    Tcl_Interp *interp)
-{
-    ckfree(clientData);
-}
-
-int
-TkCreateMenuCmd(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter we are creating the command
-				 * in. */
-{
-    TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuOptionTables));
-
-    optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable =
-	    Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, tkMenuConfigSpecs);
-    optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[TEAROFF_ENTRY] =
-	    Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[TEAROFF_ENTRY]);
-    optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[COMMAND_ENTRY] =
-	    Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[COMMAND_ENTRY]);
-    optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[CASCADE_ENTRY] =
-	    Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[CASCADE_ENTRY]);
-    optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[SEPARATOR_ENTRY] =
-	    Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[SEPARATOR_ENTRY]);
-    optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY] =
-	    Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY]);
-    optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY] =
-	    Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY]);
-
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "menu", MenuCmd, optionTablesPtr, 0);
-    Tcl_CallWhenDeleted(interp, FreeOptionTables, optionTablesPtr);
-
-    if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
-	Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "menu", "menu");
-    }
-
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * MenuCmd --
+ * Tk_MenuObjCmd --
  *
  *	This function is invoked to process the "menu" Tcl command. See the
  *	user documentation for details on what it does.
@@ -451,21 +397,22 @@ TkCreateMenuCmd(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static int
-MenuCmd(
+int
+Tk_MenuObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
 {
-    Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
     Tk_Window newWin;
     register TkMenu *menuPtr;
     TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
     int i, index, toplevel;
     const char *windowName;
     static const char *const typeStringList[] = {"-type", NULL};
-    TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr = clientData;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (objc < 2) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
@@ -476,10 +423,10 @@ MenuCmd(
 
     toplevel = 1;
     for (i = 2; i < (objc - 1); i++) {
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[i], typeStringList, NULL, 0,
-		&index) != TCL_ERROR) {
-	    if ((Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[i + 1], menuTypeStrings, NULL,
-		    0, &index) == TCL_OK) && (index == MENUBAR)) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, objv[i], typeStringList,
+		sizeof(char *), NULL, 0, &index) != TCL_ERROR) {
+	    if ((Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, objv[i + 1], menuTypeStrings,
+		    sizeof(char *), NULL, 0, &index) == TCL_OK) && (index == MENUBAR)) {
 		toplevel = 0;
 	    }
 	    break;
@@ -511,7 +458,6 @@ MenuCmd(
     menuPtr->cursorPtr = None;
     menuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr;
     menuPtr->menuType = UNKNOWN_TYPE;
-    menuPtr->optionTablesPtr = optionTablesPtr;
     TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr);
 
     Tk_SetClass(menuPtr->tkwin, "Menu");
@@ -520,7 +466,7 @@ MenuCmd(
 	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|ActivateMask,
 	    TkMenuEventProc, menuPtr);
     if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
-	    menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin)
+	    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin)
 	    != TCL_OK) {
     	Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
     	return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -675,13 +621,15 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd(
     register TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
     int result = TCL_OK;
     int option;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (objc < 2) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], menuOptions, "option", 0,
-	    &option) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], menuOptions,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
@@ -725,7 +673,7 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd(
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
-		menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
+		tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
 		menuPtr->tkwin);
 	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
 	    goto error;
@@ -745,7 +693,7 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd(
 
 	if (objc == 2) {
 	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
-		    menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, NULL,
+		    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, NULL,
 		    menuPtr->tkwin);
 	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
 		result = TCL_ERROR;
@@ -755,7 +703,7 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd(
 	    }
 	} else if (objc == 3) {
 	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
-		    menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
+		    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
 		    menuPtr->tkwin);
 	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
 		result = TCL_ERROR;
@@ -937,9 +885,14 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd(
 	 * Tearoff menus are posted differently on Mac and Windows than
 	 * non-tearoffs. TkpPostMenu does not actually map the menu's window
 	 * on those platforms, and popup menus have to be handled specially.
+         * Also, menubar menues are not intended to be posted (bug 1567681,
+         * 2160206).
 	 */
 
-	if (menuPtr->menuType != TEAROFF_MENU) {
+	if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
+            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "a menubar menu cannot be posted", NULL);
+            return TCL_ERROR;
+        } else if (menuPtr->menuType != TEAROFF_MENU) {
 	    result = TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y);
 	} else {
 	    result = TkPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y);
@@ -1061,7 +1014,7 @@ TkInvokeMenu(
 	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
 	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "tk::TearOffMenu ", -1);
 	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1);
-	result = Tcl_Eval(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
+	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), -1, 0);
 	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
     } else if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
 	    && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) {
@@ -1144,6 +1097,8 @@ DestroyMenuInstance(
     Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2];
     TkMenu *parentMasterMenuPtr;
     TkMenuEntry *parentMasterEntryPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     /*
      * If the menu has any cascade menu entries pointing to it, the cascade
@@ -1225,7 +1180,7 @@ DestroyMenuInstance(
 	 * for menu entries (i+1)...numEntries.
 	 */
 
-	DestroyMenuEntry((char *) menuPtr->entries[i]);
+	DestroyMenuEntry(menuPtr->entries[i]);
 	menuPtr->numEntries = i;
     }
     if (menuPtr->entries != NULL) {
@@ -1233,7 +1188,7 @@ DestroyMenuInstance(
     }
     TkMenuFreeDrawOptions(menuPtr);
     Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) menuPtr,
-	    menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin);
+	    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin);
     if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
 	Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin;
 
@@ -1423,9 +1378,9 @@ UnhookCascadeEntry(
 
 static void
 DestroyMenuEntry(
-    char *memPtr)		/* Pointer to entry to be freed. */
+    void *memPtr)		/* Pointer to entry to be freed. */
 {
-    register TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) memPtr;
+    register TkMenuEntry *mePtr = memPtr;
     TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
 
     if (menuPtr->postedCascade == mePtr) {
@@ -1469,13 +1424,14 @@ DestroyMenuEntry(
 		}
 	    }
 	    UnhookCascadeEntry(mePtr);
+	    menuRefPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr;
 	    if (menuRefPtr != NULL) {
 		if (menuRefPtr->menuPtr == destroyThis) {
 		    menuRefPtr->menuPtr = NULL;
 		}
-		if (destroyThis != NULL) {
-		    TkDestroyMenu(destroyThis);
-		}
+	    }
+	    if (destroyThis != NULL) {
+		TkDestroyMenu(destroyThis);
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    UnhookCascadeEntry(mePtr);
@@ -1492,7 +1448,7 @@ DestroyMenuEntry(
 	    && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) {
 	const char *varName = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
 
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, varName,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(menuPtr->interp, varName, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		MenuVarProc, mePtr);
     }
@@ -1566,12 +1522,14 @@ ConfigureMenu(
     int i;
     TkMenu *menuListPtr, *cleanupPtr;
     int result;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
 	    menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
 	menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_SavedOptions));
 	result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) menuListPtr,
-		menuListPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, objc, objv,
+		tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objc, objv,
 		menuListPtr->tkwin, menuListPtr->errorStructPtr, NULL);
 	if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	    for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
@@ -1597,8 +1555,8 @@ ConfigureMenu(
 	 */
 
 	if (menuListPtr->menuType == UNKNOWN_TYPE) {
-	    Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, menuListPtr->menuTypePtr,
-		    menuTypeStrings, NULL, 0, &menuListPtr->menuType);
+	    Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, menuListPtr->menuTypePtr,
+		    menuTypeStrings, sizeof(char *), NULL, 0, &menuListPtr->menuType);
 
 	    /*
 	     * Configure the new window to be either a pop-up menu or a
@@ -1662,7 +1620,7 @@ ConfigureMenu(
 		&& (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
 	    int i;
 
-	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[0], DestroyMenuEntry);
+	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[0], (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyMenuEntry);
 
 	    for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
 		menuListPtr->entries[i] = menuListPtr->entries[i + 1];
@@ -1742,12 +1700,12 @@ PostProcessEntry(
     if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) {
 	mePtr->labelLength = 0;
     } else {
-	Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &mePtr->labelLength);
+	(void)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &mePtr->labelLength);
     }
     if (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) {
 	mePtr->accelLength = 0;
     } else {
-	Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, &mePtr->accelLength);
+	(void)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, &mePtr->accelLength);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -1906,8 +1864,8 @@ PostProcessEntry(
 	}
 	if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) {
 	    name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
-	    Tcl_TraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name,
-		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	    Tcl_TraceVar2(menuPtr->interp, name,
+		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		    MenuVarProc, mePtr);
 	}
     }
@@ -1959,7 +1917,7 @@ ConfigureMenuEntry(
 	    || (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY))) {
 	const char *name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
 
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(menuPtr->interp, name, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		MenuVarProc, mePtr);
     }
@@ -2287,6 +2245,8 @@ MenuNewEntry(
     TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
     TkMenuEntry **newEntries;
     int i;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     /*
      * Create a new array of entries with an empty slot for the new entry.
@@ -2308,7 +2268,7 @@ MenuNewEntry(
     mePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuEntry));
     menuPtr->entries[index] = mePtr;
     mePtr->type = type;
-    mePtr->optionTable = menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[type];
+    mePtr->optionTable = tsdPtr->entryOptionTables[type];
     mePtr->menuPtr = menuPtr;
     mePtr->labelPtr = NULL;
     mePtr->labelLength = 0;
@@ -2406,8 +2366,8 @@ MenuAddOrInsert(
      * Figure out the type of the new entry.
      */
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[0], menuEntryTypeStrings,
-	    "menu entry type", 0, &type) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[0], menuEntryTypeStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "menu entry type", 0, &type) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -2430,7 +2390,7 @@ MenuAddOrInsert(
 		    errorMenuPtr != NULL;
 		    errorMenuPtr = errorMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
     		Tcl_EventuallyFree(errorMenuPtr->entries[index],
-    	    		DestroyMenuEntry);
+    	    		(Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyMenuEntry);
 		for (i = index; i < errorMenuPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
 		    errorMenuPtr->entries[i] = errorMenuPtr->entries[i + 1];
 		    errorMenuPtr->entries[i]->index = i;
@@ -2544,7 +2504,7 @@ MenuVarProc(
     if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
 	mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED;
 	if (flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) {
-	    Tcl_TraceVar(interp, name,
+	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, name, NULL,
 		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		    MenuVarProc, clientData);
 	}
@@ -2558,7 +2518,7 @@ MenuVarProc(
      * entry.
      */
 
-    value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, name, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, name, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
     if (value == NULL) {
 	value = "";
     }
@@ -2711,8 +2671,8 @@ CloneMenu(
     if (newMenuTypePtr == NULL) {
 	menuType = MASTER_MENU;
     } else {
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(menuPtr->interp, newMenuTypePtr,
-		menuTypeStrings, "menu type", 0, &menuType) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(menuPtr->interp, newMenuTypePtr,
+		menuTypeStrings, sizeof(char *), "menu type", 0, &menuType) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
     }
@@ -2987,10 +2947,10 @@ GetIndexFromCoords(
 
     *indexPtr = -1;
 
-    /* set the width of the final column to the remainder of the window 
+    /* set the width of the final column to the remainder of the window
      * being aware of windows that may not be mapped yet.
      */
-    max = Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin) 
+    max = Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)
       ? Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin) : Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin);
     max -= borderwidth;
 
@@ -3090,7 +3050,6 @@ TkNewMenuName(
     char *destString;
     int i;
     int doDot;
-    Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
     Tcl_HashTable *nameTablePtr = NULL;
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin;
     const char *parentName = Tcl_GetString(parentPtr);
@@ -3130,7 +3089,7 @@ TkNewMenuName(
 	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(intPtr);
     	}
 	destString = Tcl_GetString(resultPtr);
-    	if ((Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, destString, &cmdInfo) == 0)
+    	if ((Tcl_FindCommand(interp, destString, NULL, 0) == NULL)
 		&& ((nameTablePtr == NULL)
 		|| (Tcl_FindHashEntry(nameTablePtr, destString) == NULL))) {
     	    break;
@@ -3540,7 +3499,7 @@ DeleteMenuCloneEntries(
     for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
 	    menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
 	for (i = last; i >= first; i--) {
-	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[i], DestroyMenuEntry);
+	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[i], (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyMenuEntry);
 	}
 	for (i = last + 1; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) {
 	    j = i - numDeleted;
@@ -3625,6 +3584,20 @@ TkMenuInit(void)
     }
     if (!tsdPtr->menusInitialized) {
 	TkpMenuThreadInit();
+	tsdPtr->menuOptionTable =
+		Tk_CreateOptionTable(NULL, tkMenuConfigSpecs);
+	tsdPtr->entryOptionTables[TEAROFF_ENTRY] =
+		Tk_CreateOptionTable(NULL, specsArray[TEAROFF_ENTRY]);
+	tsdPtr->entryOptionTables[COMMAND_ENTRY] =
+		Tk_CreateOptionTable(NULL, specsArray[COMMAND_ENTRY]);
+	tsdPtr->entryOptionTables[CASCADE_ENTRY] =
+		Tk_CreateOptionTable(NULL, specsArray[CASCADE_ENTRY]);
+	tsdPtr->entryOptionTables[SEPARATOR_ENTRY] =
+		Tk_CreateOptionTable(NULL, specsArray[SEPARATOR_ENTRY]);
+	tsdPtr->entryOptionTables[RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY] =
+		Tk_CreateOptionTable(NULL, specsArray[RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY]);
+	tsdPtr->entryOptionTables[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY] =
+		Tk_CreateOptionTable(NULL, specsArray[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY]);
 	tsdPtr->menusInitialized = 1;
     }
 }
diff --git a/generic/tkMenu.h b/generic/tkMenu.h
index def7d19..bac51aa 100644
--- a/generic/tkMenu.h
+++ b/generic/tkMenu.h
@@ -359,10 +359,7 @@ typedef struct TkMenu {
     				/* A pointer to the original menu for this
     				 * clone chain. Points back to this structure
     				 * if this menu is a master menu. */
-    struct TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr;
-				/* A pointer to the collection of option
-				 * tables that work with menus and menu
-				 * entries. */
+    void *reserved1; /* not used any more. */
     Tk_Window parentTopLevelPtr;/* If this menu is a menubar, this is the
     				 * toplevel that owns the menu. Only
     				 * applicable for menubar clones. */
@@ -431,17 +428,6 @@ typedef struct TkMenuReferences {
 } TkMenuReferences;
 
 /*
- * This structure contains all of the option tables that are needed by menus.
- */
-
-typedef struct TkMenuOptionTables {
-    Tk_OptionTable menuOptionTable;
-				/* The option table for menus. */
-    Tk_OptionTable entryOptionTables[6];
-				/* The tables for menu entries. */
-} TkMenuOptionTables;
-
-/*
  * Flag bits for menus:
  *
  * REDRAW_PENDING:		Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has
diff --git a/generic/tkMenubutton.c b/generic/tkMenubutton.c
index 545401c..1a4d5ae 100644
--- a/generic/tkMenubutton.c
+++ b/generic/tkMenubutton.c
@@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd(
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], commandNames, "option", 0,
-	    &index);
+    result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], commandNames,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);
     if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	return result;
     }
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ DestroyMenuButton(
 
     Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(mbPtr->interp, mbPtr->widgetCmd);
     if (mbPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(mbPtr->interp, mbPtr->textVarName,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(mbPtr->interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		MenuButtonTextVarProc, mbPtr);
     }
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ ConfigureMenuButton(
      */
 
     if (mbPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		MenuButtonTextVarProc, mbPtr);
     }
@@ -625,9 +625,9 @@ ConfigureMenuButton(
 	 */
 	const char *value;
 
-	value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
 	if (value == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, mbPtr->text,
+	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, mbPtr->text,
 		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
 	} else {
 	    if (mbPtr->text != NULL) {
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ ConfigureMenuButton(
 	    mbPtr->text = ckalloc(strlen(value) + 1);
 	    strcpy(mbPtr->text, value);
 	}
-	Tcl_TraceVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName,
+	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		MenuButtonTextVarProc, mbPtr);
     }
@@ -888,16 +888,16 @@ MenuButtonTextVarProc(
 
     if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
 	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
-	    Tcl_SetVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, mbPtr->text,
+	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, mbPtr->text,
 		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-	    Tcl_TraceVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName,
+	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL,
 		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		    MenuButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
 	}
 	return NULL;
     }
 
-    value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
     if (value == NULL) {
 	value = "";
     }
diff --git a/generic/tkMessage.c b/generic/tkMessage.c
index 4779e00..2b71998 100644
--- a/generic/tkMessage.c
+++ b/generic/tkMessage.c
@@ -318,8 +318,8 @@ MessageWidgetObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ DestroyMessage(
 	Tk_FreeTextLayout(msgPtr->textLayout);
     }
     if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(msgPtr->interp, msgPtr->textVarName,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(msgPtr->interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
     }
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ ConfigureMessage(
      */
 
     if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
     }
@@ -470,9 +470,9 @@ ConfigureMessage(
     if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
 	const char *value;
 
-	value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
 	if (value == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, msgPtr->string,
+	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, msgPtr->string,
 		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
 	} else {
 	    if (msgPtr->string != NULL) {
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ ConfigureMessage(
 	    }
 	    msgPtr->string = strcpy(ckalloc(strlen(value) + 1), value);
 	}
-	Tcl_TraceVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName,
+	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
     }
@@ -845,16 +845,16 @@ MessageTextVarProc(
 
     if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
 	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
-	    Tcl_SetVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, msgPtr->string,
+	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, msgPtr->string,
 		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-	    Tcl_TraceVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName,
+	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
 		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		    MessageTextVarProc, clientData);
 	}
 	return NULL;
     }
 
-    value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
     if (value == NULL) {
 	value = "";
     }
diff --git a/generic/tkObj.c b/generic/tkObj.c
index ed947d3..7c09656 100644
--- a/generic/tkObj.c
+++ b/generic/tkObj.c
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ typedef struct PixelRep {
     (PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1))
 
 #define SET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr, repPtr)		\
-    (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = 0;		\
+    (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;		\
     (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = repPtr
 
 #define GET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr)			\
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ SetPixelFromAny(
     double d;
     int i, units;
 
-    string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, NULL);
+    string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
 
     d = strtod(string, &rest);
     if (rest == string) {
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ Tk_GetMMFromObj(
 	}
     }
 
-    mmPtr = objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
+    mmPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
     if (mmPtr->tkwin != tkwin) {
 	d = mmPtr->value;
 	if (mmPtr->units == -1) {
@@ -592,8 +592,8 @@ static void
 FreeMMInternalRep(
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* MM object with internal rep to free. */
 {
-    ckfree(objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr);
-    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = NULL;
+    ckfree(objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1);
+    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
     objPtr->typePtr = NULL;
 }
 
@@ -623,13 +623,13 @@ DupMMInternalRep(
     MMRep *oldPtr, *newPtr;
 
     copyPtr->typePtr = srcPtr->typePtr;
-    oldPtr = srcPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
+    oldPtr = srcPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
     newPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MMRep));
     newPtr->value = oldPtr->value;
     newPtr->units = oldPtr->units;
     newPtr->tkwin = oldPtr->tkwin;
     newPtr->returnValue = oldPtr->returnValue;
-    copyPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = newPtr;
+    copyPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = newPtr;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ UpdateStringOfMM(
     char buffer[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
     register int len;
 
-    mmPtr = objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
+    mmPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
     /* assert( mmPtr->units == -1 && objPtr->bytes == NULL ); */
     if ((mmPtr->units != -1) || (objPtr->bytes != NULL)) {
 	Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringOfMM: false precondition");
@@ -719,13 +719,13 @@ SetMMFromAny(
 	 * ints again from mm obj types.
 	 */
 
-	(void) Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, NULL);
+	(void) Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
     } else {
 	/*
 	 * It wasn't a known int or double, so parse it.
 	 */
 
-	string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, NULL);
+	string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
 
 	d = strtod(string, &rest);
 	if (rest == string) {
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ SetMMFromAny(
     mmPtr->tkwin = NULL;
     mmPtr->returnValue	= d;
 
-    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = mmPtr;
+    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = mmPtr;
 
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -817,14 +817,15 @@ TkGetWindowFromObj(
 {
     TkMainInfo *mainPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
     register WindowRep *winPtr;
-    int result;
 
-    result = Tcl_ConvertToType(interp, objPtr, &windowObjType);
-    if (result != TCL_OK) {
-	return result;
+    if (objPtr->typePtr != &windowObjType) {
+	int result = SetWindowFromAny(interp, objPtr);
+	if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	    return result;
+	}
     }
 
-    winPtr = objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
+    winPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
     if (winPtr->tkwin == NULL
 	    || winPtr->mainPtr == NULL
 	    || winPtr->mainPtr != mainPtr
@@ -834,7 +835,7 @@ TkGetWindowFromObj(
 	 */
 
 	winPtr->tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp,
-		Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, NULL), tkwin);
+		Tcl_GetString(objPtr), tkwin);
 	if (winPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
 	    /* ASSERT: Tk_NameToWindow has left error message in interp */
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -880,7 +881,7 @@ SetWindowFromAny(
      * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
      */
 
-    Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, NULL);
+    (void)Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
     typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
     if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
 	typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
@@ -891,7 +892,7 @@ SetWindowFromAny(
     winPtr->mainPtr = NULL;
     winPtr->epoch = 0;
 
-    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = winPtr;
+    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = winPtr;
     objPtr->typePtr = &windowObjType;
 
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -922,12 +923,12 @@ DupWindowInternalRep(
 {
     register WindowRep *oldPtr, *newPtr;
 
-    oldPtr = srcPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
+    oldPtr = srcPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
     newPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WindowRep));
     newPtr->tkwin = oldPtr->tkwin;
     newPtr->mainPtr = oldPtr->mainPtr;
     newPtr->epoch = oldPtr->epoch;
-    copyPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = newPtr;
+    copyPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = newPtr;
     copyPtr->typePtr = srcPtr->typePtr;
 }
 
@@ -953,8 +954,8 @@ static void
 FreeWindowInternalRep(
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Window object with internal rep to free. */
 {
-    ckfree(objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr);
-    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = NULL;
+    ckfree(objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1);
+    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
     objPtr->typePtr = NULL;
 }
 
@@ -985,7 +986,7 @@ TkNewWindowObj(
 
     SetWindowFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
 
-    winPtr = objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
+    winPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
     winPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
     winPtr->mainPtr = mainPtr;
     winPtr->epoch = mainPtr->deletionEpoch;
diff --git a/generic/tkOldConfig.c b/generic/tkOldConfig.c
index 5496076..920d93e 100644
--- a/generic/tkOldConfig.c
+++ b/generic/tkOldConfig.c
@@ -113,6 +113,10 @@ Tk_ConfigureWidget(
 
     staticSpecs = GetCachedSpecs(interp, specs);
 
+    for (specPtr = staticSpecs; specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_END; specPtr++) {
+	specPtr->specFlags &= ~TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED;
+    }
+
     /*
      * Pass one: scan through all of the arguments, processing those that
      * match entries in the specs.
@@ -122,7 +126,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureWidget(
 	const char *arg;
 
 	if (flags & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
-	    arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj((Tcl_Obj *) *argv, NULL);
+	    arg = Tcl_GetString((Tcl_Obj *) *argv);
 	} else {
 	    arg = *argv;
 	}
@@ -167,7 +171,6 @@ Tk_ConfigureWidget(
 	    if ((specPtr->specFlags & TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED)
 		    || (specPtr->argvName == NULL)
 		    || (specPtr->type == TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM)) {
-		specPtr->specFlags &= ~TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED;
 		continue;
 	    }
 	    if (((specPtr->specFlags & needFlags) != needFlags)
@@ -718,7 +721,7 @@ FormatConfigInfo(
     result = Tcl_Merge(5, argv);
     if (freeProc != NULL) {
 	if ((freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) || (freeProc == (Tcl_FreeProc *) free)) {
-	    ckfree(argv[4]);
+	    ckfree((char *) argv[4]);
 	} else {
 	    freeProc((char *) argv[4]);
 	}
@@ -939,7 +942,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureValue(
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(result, -1));
     if (freeProc != NULL) {
 	if ((freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) || (freeProc == (Tcl_FreeProc *) free)) {
-	    ckfree(result);
+	    ckfree((char *) result);
 	} else {
 	    freeProc((char *) result);
 	}
@@ -1126,7 +1129,6 @@ GetCachedSpecs(
 		    specPtr->defValue = Tk_GetUid(specPtr->defValue);
 		}
 	    }
-	    specPtr->specFlags &= ~TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED;
 	}
     } else {
 	cachedSpecs = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
diff --git a/generic/tkOldTest.c b/generic/tkOldTest.c
index b0edf76..df1bb6c 100644
--- a/generic/tkOldTest.c
+++ b/generic/tkOldTest.c
@@ -81,8 +81,9 @@ static Tk_ImageType imageType = {
  * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
  */
 
-static int              ImageCmd(ClientData dummy,
-                            Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
+static int              ImageObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
+                            Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+            			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 
 
 /*
@@ -175,7 +176,7 @@ ImageCreate(
     strcpy(timPtr->imageName, name);
     timPtr->varName = ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(varName) + 1));
     strcpy(timPtr->varName, varName);
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, name, ImageCmd, timPtr, NULL);
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImageObjCmd, timPtr, NULL);
     *clientDataPtr = timPtr;
     Tk_ImageChanged(master, 0, 0, 30, 15, 30, 15);
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -184,7 +185,7 @@ ImageCreate(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * ImageCmd --
+ * ImageObjCmd --
  *
  *	This function implements the commands corresponding to individual
  *	images.
@@ -200,38 +201,37 @@ ImageCreate(
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
 static int
-ImageCmd(
+ImageObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     TImageMaster *timPtr = clientData;
     int x, y, width, height;
 
-    if (argc < 2) {
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-		argv[0], "option ?arg ...?", NULL);
+    if (objc < 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (strcmp(argv[1], "changed") == 0) {
-	if (argc != 8) {
-	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-		    " changed x y width height imageWidth imageHeight", NULL);
+    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "changed") == 0) {
+	if (objc != 8) {
+	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "changed x y width height"
+		    " imageWidth imageHeight");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if ((Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[4], &width) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[5], &height) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[6], &timPtr->width) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[7], &timPtr->height) != TCL_OK)) {
+	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &width) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &height) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &timPtr->width) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[7], &timPtr->height) != TCL_OK)) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	Tk_ImageChanged(timPtr->master, x, y, width, height, timPtr->width,
 		timPtr->height);
     } else {
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
 		"\": must be changed", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ ImageGet(
     XGCValues gcValues;
 
     sprintf(buffer, "%s get", timPtr->imageName);
-    Tcl_SetVar(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, buffer,
+    Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
 	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
 
     instPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TImageInstance));
@@ -315,8 +315,8 @@ ImageDisplay(
     sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d %d %d",
 	    instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height,
 	    drawableX, drawableY);
-    Tcl_SetVar(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, buffer,
-	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, NULL,
+	    buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
     if (width > (instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX)) {
 	width = instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
     }
@@ -358,8 +358,8 @@ ImageFree(
     char buffer[200];
 
     sprintf(buffer, "%s free", instPtr->masterPtr->imageName);
-    Tcl_SetVar(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, buffer,
-	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, NULL,
+	    buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
     Tk_FreeColor(instPtr->fg);
     Tk_FreeGC(display, instPtr->gc);
     ckfree(instPtr);
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ ImageDelete(
     char buffer[100];
 
     sprintf(buffer, "%s delete", timPtr->imageName);
-    Tcl_SetVar(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, buffer,
+    Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
 	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
 
     Tcl_DeleteCommand(timPtr->interp, timPtr->imageName);
diff --git a/generic/tkOption.c b/generic/tkOption.c
index ec9e465..24e7fb3 100644
--- a/generic/tkOption.c
+++ b/generic/tkOption.c
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ Tk_GetOption(
 		count	-= levelPtr[-1].bases[currentStack];
 	    }
 
-	    if (currentStack && CLASS) {
+	    if (currentStack & CLASS) {
 		nodeId = winClassId;
 	    } else {
 		nodeId = winNameId;
@@ -631,8 +631,8 @@ Tk_OptionObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionCmds, "option", 0,
-	    &index);
+    result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionCmds,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);
     if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	return result;
     }
@@ -1016,14 +1016,25 @@ AddFromString(
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "OPTIONDB", "NEWLINE", NULL);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
-	    if ((src[0] == '\\') && (src[1] == '\n')) {
-		src += 2;
-		lineNum++;
-	    } else {
-		*dst = *src;
-		dst++;
-		src++;
+	    if (*src == '\\'){
+		if (src[1] == '\n') {
+		    src += 2;
+		    lineNum++;
+		    continue;
+		} else if (src[1] == 'n') {
+		    src += 2;
+		    *dst++ = '\n';
+		    continue;
+		} else if (src[1] == '\t' || src[1] == ' ' || src[1] == '\\') {
+		    ++src;
+		} else if (src[1] >= '0' && src[1] <= '3' && src[2] >= '0' &&
+			src[2] <= '9' && src[3] >= '0' && src[3] <= '9') {
+		    *dst++ = ((src[1]&7)<<6) | ((src[2]&7)<<3) | (src[3]&7);
+		    src += 4;
+		    continue;
+		}
 	    }
+	    *dst++ = *src++;
 	}
 	*dst = 0;
 
@@ -1069,7 +1080,7 @@ ReadOptionFile(
 				 * TK_MAX_PRIO. */
 {
     const char *realName;
-    char *buffer;
+    Tcl_Obj *buffer;
     int result, bufferSize;
     Tcl_Channel chan;
     Tcl_DString newName;
@@ -1097,24 +1108,10 @@ ReadOptionFile(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    /*
-     * Compute size of file by seeking to the end of the file. This will
-     * overallocate if we are performing CRLF translation.
-     */
-
-    bufferSize = (int) Tcl_Seek(chan, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_END);
-    Tcl_Seek(chan, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_SET);
-
-    if (bufferSize < 0) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"error seeking to end of file \"%s\": %s",
-		fileName, Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
-	Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    buffer = ckalloc(bufferSize + 1);
-    bufferSize = Tcl_Read(chan, buffer, bufferSize);
+    buffer = Tcl_NewObj();
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(buffer);
+    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, chan, "-encoding", "utf-8");
+    bufferSize = Tcl_ReadChars(chan, buffer, -1, 0);
     if (bufferSize < 0) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		"error reading file \"%s\": %s",
@@ -1123,9 +1120,8 @@ ReadOptionFile(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
-    buffer[bufferSize] = 0;
-    result = AddFromString(interp, tkwin, buffer, priority);
-    ckfree(buffer);
+    result = AddFromString(interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(buffer), priority);
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(buffer);
     return result;
 }
 
diff --git a/generic/tkPack.c b/generic/tkPack.c
index 134b61f..88a4b2d 100644
--- a/generic/tkPack.c
+++ b/generic/tkPack.c
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ typedef struct Packer {
  *				Tk will set its requested size to fit the
  *				needs of its slaves.
  * ALLOCED_MASTER               1 means that Pack has allocated itself as
- *                              geometry master for this window.   
+ *                              geometry master for this window.
  */
 
 #define REQUESTED_REPACK	1
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ static const Tk_GeomMgr packerType = {
 static void		ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
 static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static void		DestroyPacker(char *memPtr);
+static void		DestroyPacker(void *memPtr);
 static Packer *		GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);
 static int		PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
 			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
@@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	/*
 	 * Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error
 	 * message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between
@@ -226,8 +226,8 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 	 */
 
 	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-	Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4], "option", 0,
-		&index);
+	Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4],
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 
 	    if (masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL) {
 		if (TkSetGeometryMaster(interp, master, "pack") != TCL_OK) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;	
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		masterPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_MASTER;
 	    }
@@ -1101,7 +1101,6 @@ PackAfter(
 {
     register Packer *packPtr;
     Tk_Window tkwin, ancestor, parent;
-    int length;
     Tcl_Obj **options;
     int index, optionCount, c;
 
@@ -1170,24 +1169,25 @@ PackAfter(
 	packPtr->flags |= OLD_STYLE;
 	for (index = 0 ; index < optionCount; index++) {
 	    Tcl_Obj *curOptPtr = options[index];
-	    const char *curOpt = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curOptPtr, &length);
+	    const char *curOpt = Tcl_GetString(curOptPtr);
+	    size_t length = curOptPtr->length;
 
 	    c = curOpt[0];
 
 	    if ((c == 't')
-		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "top", (size_t) length)) == 0) {
+		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "top", length)) == 0) {
 		packPtr->side = TOP;
 	    } else if ((c == 'b')
-		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "bottom", (size_t) length)) == 0) {
+		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "bottom", length)) == 0) {
 		packPtr->side = BOTTOM;
 	    } else if ((c == 'l')
-		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "left", (size_t) length)) == 0) {
+		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "left", length)) == 0) {
 		packPtr->side = LEFT;
 	    } else if ((c == 'r')
-		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "right", (size_t) length)) == 0) {
+		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "right", length)) == 0) {
 		packPtr->side = RIGHT;
 	    } else if ((c == 'e')
-		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "expand", (size_t) length)) == 0) {
+		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "expand", length)) == 0) {
 		packPtr->flags |= EXPAND;
 	    } else if ((c == 'f')
 		    && (strcmp(curOpt, "fill")) == 0) {
@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ PackAfter(
 			!= TCL_OK) {
 		    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, NULL, NULL);
 		    Unlink(packPtr);
-		    return TCL_ERROR;	
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		masterPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_MASTER;
 	    }
@@ -1389,10 +1389,10 @@ Unlink(
 
 static void
 DestroyPacker(
-    char *memPtr)		/* Info about packed window that is now
+    void *memPtr)		/* Info about packed window that is now
 				 * dead. */
 {
-    register Packer *packPtr = (Packer *) memPtr;
+    register Packer *packPtr = memPtr;
 
     ckfree(packPtr);
 }
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ PackStructureProc(
 	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
 	}
 	packPtr->tkwin = NULL;
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree(packPtr, DestroyPacker);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(packPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyPacker);
     } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
 	/*
 	 * When a master gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so
@@ -1593,8 +1593,8 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PACK", "BAD_PARAMETER", NULL);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
-	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option",
-		    0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
+		    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 
@@ -1725,8 +1725,8 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		}
 		break;
 	    case CONF_SIDE:
-		if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], sideNames, "side",
-			TCL_EXACT, &side) != TCL_OK) {
+		if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i+1], sideNames,
+			sizeof(char *), "side", TCL_EXACT, &side) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		slavePtr->side = (Side) side;
@@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    != TCL_OK) {
 		Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, NULL);
 		Unlink(slavePtr);
-		return TCL_ERROR;	
+		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	    masterPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_MASTER;
 	}
diff --git a/generic/tkPanedWindow.c b/generic/tkPanedWindow.c
index 4a4af53..2451647 100644
--- a/generic/tkPanedWindow.c
+++ b/generic/tkPanedWindow.c
@@ -147,6 +147,10 @@ typedef struct PanedWindow {
     GC gc;			/* Graphics context for copying from
 				 * off-screen pixmap onto screen. */
     int proxyx, proxyy;		/* Proxy x,y coordinates. */
+    Tk_3DBorder proxyBackground;/* Background color used to draw proxy. If NULL, use background. */
+    Tcl_Obj *proxyBorderWidthPtr; /* Tcl_Obj rep for proxyBorderWidth */
+    int proxyBorderWidth;	/* Borderwidth used to draw proxy. */
+    int proxyRelief;		/* Relief used to draw proxy, if TK_RELIEF_NULL then use relief. */
     Slave **slaves;		/* Pointer to array of Slaves. */
     int numSlaves;		/* Number of slaves. */
     int sizeofSlaves;		/* Number of elements in the slaves array. */
@@ -203,6 +207,8 @@ static void		PanedWindowReqProc(ClientData clientData,
 static void		ArrangePanes(ClientData clientData);
 static void		Unlink(Slave *slavePtr);
 static Slave *		GetPane(PanedWindow *pwPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
+static void		GetFirstLastVisiblePane(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
+			    int *firstPtr, int *lastPtr);
 static void		SlaveStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static int		PanedWindowSashCommand(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
@@ -296,6 +302,15 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
 	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_ORIENT, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, orient),
 	 0, orientStrings, GEOMETRY},
+    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-proxybackground", "proxyBackground", "ProxyBackground",
+	 0, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBackground), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
+	 (ClientData) DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO},
+    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-proxyborderwidth", "proxyBorderWidth", "ProxyBorderWidth",
+	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PROXYBORDER, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidthPtr),
+	 Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
+    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-proxyrelief", "proxyRelief", "Relief",
+	 0, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyRelief),
+	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
 	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, relief), 0, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-sashcursor", "sashCursor", "Cursor",
@@ -384,7 +399,7 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd(
     }
 
     tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
-	    Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], NULL), NULL);
+	    Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL);
     if (tkwin == NULL) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -682,6 +697,15 @@ PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd(
 	if (objc <= 4) {
 	    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
 		    pwPtr->tkwin);
+            if (tkwin == NULL) {
+                /*
+                 * Just a plain old bad window; Tk_NameToWindow filled in an
+                 * error message for us.
+                 */
+
+                result = TCL_ERROR;
+                break;
+            }
 	    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
 		if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
 		    resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
@@ -1329,6 +1353,7 @@ PanedWindowEventProc(
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
     PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData;
+    int i;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
 	if (pwPtr->tkwin != NULL && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
@@ -1343,6 +1368,14 @@ PanedWindowEventProc(
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
 	DestroyPanedWindow(pwPtr);
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
+        for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
+            Tk_UnmapWindow(pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin);
+        }
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
+        for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
+            Tk_MapWindow(pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin);
+        }
     }
 }
 
@@ -1411,6 +1444,7 @@ DisplayPanedWindow(
     Tk_Window tkwin = pwPtr->tkwin;
     int i, sashWidth, sashHeight;
     const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);
+    int first, last;
 
     pwPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
     if ((pwPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
@@ -1457,9 +1491,10 @@ DisplayPanedWindow(
      * Draw the sashes.
      */
 
+    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
     for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {
 	slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[i];
-	if (slavePtr->hide) {
+	if (slavePtr->hide || i == last) {
 	    continue;
 	}
 	if (sashWidth > 0 && sashHeight > 0) {
@@ -1705,17 +1740,10 @@ ArrangePanes(
     Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr);
 
     /*
-     * Find index of last visible pane.
+     * Find index of first and last visible panes.
      */
 
-    for (i = 0, last = 0, first = -1; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
-	if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->hide == 0) {
-	    if (first < 0) {
-		first = i;
-	    }
-	    last = i;
-	}
-    }
+    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
 
     /*
      * First pass; compute sizes
@@ -2053,6 +2081,41 @@ GetPane(
 }
 
 /*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetFirstLastVisiblePane --
+ *
+ *	Given panedwindow, find the index of the first and last visible panes
+ *	of that paned window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Index of the first and last visible panes.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+GetFirstLastVisiblePane(
+    PanedWindow *pwPtr,		/* Pointer to the paned window info. */
+    int *firstPtr, 		/* Returned index for first. */
+    int *lastPtr)  		/* Returned index for last. */
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0, *lastPtr = 0, *firstPtr = -1; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
+	if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->hide == 0) {
+	    if (*firstPtr < 0) {
+		*firstPtr = i;
+	    }
+	    *lastPtr = i;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * SlaveStructureProc --
@@ -2553,7 +2616,7 @@ MoveSash(
 	    slavePtr->paneWidth = slavePtr->width = slavePtr->sashx
 		    - sashOffset - slavePtr->x - (2 * slavePtr->padx);
 	} else {
-	    slavePtr->paneWidth = slavePtr->height = slavePtr->sashy
+	    slavePtr->paneHeight = slavePtr->height = slavePtr->sashy
 		    - sashOffset - slavePtr->y - (2 * slavePtr->pady);
 	}
     }
@@ -2726,8 +2789,10 @@ DisplayProxyWindow(
      * Redraw the widget's background and border.
      */
 
-    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, pwPtr->background, 0, 0,
-	    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 2, pwPtr->sashRelief);
+    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap,
+	    pwPtr->proxyBackground ? pwPtr->proxyBackground : pwPtr->background,
+	    0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), pwPtr->proxyBorderWidth,
+	    (pwPtr->proxyRelief != TK_RELIEF_NULL) ? pwPtr->proxyRelief : pwPtr->sashRelief);
 
 #ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
     /*
@@ -2771,6 +2836,7 @@ PanedWindowProxyCommand(
 	PROXY_COORD, PROXY_FORGET, PROXY_PLACE
     };
     int index, x, y, sashWidth, sashHeight;
+    int internalBW, pwWidth, pwHeight;
     Tcl_Obj *coords[2];
 
     if (objc < 3) {
@@ -2820,11 +2886,16 @@ PanedWindowProxyCommand(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 
+        internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
 	if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
 	    if (x < 0) {
 		x = 0;
 	    }
-	    y = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
+            pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
+            if (x > pwWidth) {
+                x = pwWidth;
+            }
+            y = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
 	    sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
 	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) -
 		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin));
@@ -2832,6 +2903,10 @@ PanedWindowProxyCommand(
 	    if (y < 0) {
 		y = 0;
 	    }
+            pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
+            if (y > pwHeight) {
+                y = pwHeight;
+            }
 	    x = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
 	    sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
 	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) -
@@ -2905,7 +2980,7 @@ ObjectIsEmpty(
     if (objPtr->bytes != NULL) {
 	return (objPtr->length == 0);
     }
-    Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
+    (void)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
     return (length == 0);
 }
 
@@ -2966,6 +3041,7 @@ PanedWindowIdentifyCoords(
 {
     int i, sashHeight, sashWidth, thisx, thisy;
     int found, isHandle, lpad, rpad, tpad, bpad;
+    int first, last;
 
     if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
 	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
@@ -3005,10 +3081,11 @@ PanedWindowIdentifyCoords(
 	lpad = rpad = 0;
     }
 
+    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
     isHandle = 0;
     found = -1;
     for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {
-	if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->hide) {
+	if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->hide || i == last) {
 	    continue;
 	}
 	thisx = pwPtr->slaves[i]->sashx;
diff --git a/generic/tkPlace.c b/generic/tkPlace.c
index afba488..9fa406a 100644
--- a/generic/tkPlace.c
+++ b/generic/tkPlace.c
@@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ Tk_PlaceObjCmd(
 	dispPtr->placeInit = 1;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
diff --git a/generic/tkPlatDecls.h b/generic/tkPlatDecls.h
index 057d38c..1e69c88 100644
--- a/generic/tkPlatDecls.h
+++ b/generic/tkPlatDecls.h
@@ -29,11 +29,15 @@ extern "C" {
 
 /* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
 /*
  * Exported function declarations:
  */
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
 /* 0 */
 EXTERN Window		Tk_AttachHWND(Tk_Window tkwin, HWND hwnd);
 /* 1 */
@@ -82,9 +86,9 @@ EXTERN int		Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void);
 
 typedef struct TkPlatStubs {
     int magic;
-    const struct TkPlatStubHooks *hooks;
+    void *hooks;
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
     Window (*tk_AttachHWND) (Tk_Window tkwin, HWND hwnd); /* 0 */
     HINSTANCE (*tk_GetHINSTANCE) (void); /* 1 */
     HWND (*tk_GetHWND) (Window window); /* 2 */
@@ -107,10 +111,8 @@ typedef struct TkPlatStubs {
 #endif /* AQUA */
 } TkPlatStubs;
 
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
 extern const TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubsPtr;
+
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif
@@ -121,7 +123,7 @@ extern const TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubsPtr;
  * Inline function declarations:
  */
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
 #define Tk_AttachHWND \
 	(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_AttachHWND) /* 0 */
 #define Tk_GetHINSTANCE \
diff --git a/generic/tkPointer.c b/generic/tkPointer.c
index 451373d..0141b64 100644
--- a/generic/tkPointer.c
+++ b/generic/tkPointer.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
 #endif
 
diff --git a/generic/tkRectOval.c b/generic/tkRectOval.c
index a51ca33..50b5f1a 100644
--- a/generic/tkRectOval.c
+++ b/generic/tkRectOval.c
@@ -671,11 +671,11 @@ ComputeRectOvalBbox(
 	 * correct place to solve it, but it works.
 	 */
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 	bloat = 1;
 #else
 	bloat = 0;
-#endif /* __WIN32__ */
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
     } else {
 #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
 	/*
diff --git a/generic/tkScale.c b/generic/tkScale.c
index 3ca4a67..cc7c294 100644
--- a/generic/tkScale.c
+++ b/generic/tkScale.c
@@ -340,8 +340,8 @@ ScaleWidgetObjCmd(
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], commandNames,
-	    "option", 0, &index);
+    result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], commandNames,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);
     if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	return result;
     }
@@ -504,8 +504,8 @@ DestroyScale(
      */
 
     if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(scalePtr->interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(scalePtr->interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		ScaleVarProc, scalePtr);
     }
     if (scalePtr->troughGC != None) {
@@ -561,8 +561,8 @@ ConfigureScale(
      */
 
     if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		ScaleVarProc, scalePtr);
     }
 
@@ -677,8 +677,8 @@ ConfigureScale(
 		ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
 	    }
 	}
-	Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		ScaleVarProc, scalePtr);
     }
 
@@ -800,6 +800,9 @@ ComputeFormat(
      */
 
     numDigits = scalePtr->digits;
+    if (numDigits > TCL_MAX_PREC) {
+	numDigits = 0;
+    }
     if (numDigits <= 0) {
 	if (scalePtr->resolution > 0) {
 	    /*
@@ -880,7 +883,7 @@ static void
 ComputeScaleGeometry(
     register TkScale *scalePtr)	/* Information about widget. */
 {
-    char valueString[PRINT_CHARS];
+    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
     int tmp, valuePixels, x, y, extraSpace;
     Tk_FontMetrics fm;
 
@@ -1180,8 +1183,8 @@ ScaleVarProc(
 
     if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
 	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
-	    Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
-		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
+		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		    ScaleVarProc, clientData);
 	    scalePtr->flags |= NEVER_SET;
 	    TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, scalePtr->value, 1, 0);
@@ -1296,7 +1299,7 @@ ScaleSetVariable(
     register TkScale *scalePtr)	/* Info about widget. */
 {
     if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
-	char string[PRINT_CHARS];
+	char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
 
 	sprintf(string, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);
 	scalePtr->flags |= SETTING_VAR;
diff --git a/generic/tkScale.h b/generic/tkScale.h
index af35978..4fd9995 100644
--- a/generic/tkScale.h
+++ b/generic/tkScale.h
@@ -215,12 +215,6 @@ typedef struct TkScale {
 #define SPACING 2
 
 /*
- * How many characters of space to provide when formatting the scale's value:
- */
-
-#define PRINT_CHARS 150
-
-/*
  * Declaration of procedures used in the implementation of the scale widget.
  */
 
diff --git a/generic/tkScrollbar.c b/generic/tkScrollbar.c
index 2d91db6..5017d30 100644
--- a/generic/tkScrollbar.c
+++ b/generic/tkScrollbar.c
@@ -12,10 +12,6 @@
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  */
 
-/*
- * TODO: Convert scrollbars to the Tcl_Obj API.
- */
-
 #include "tkInt.h"
 #include "tkScrollbar.h"
 #include "default.h"
@@ -101,16 +97,16 @@ static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
  */
 
 static int		ConfigureScrollbar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, int argc,
-			    const char **argv, int flags);
+			    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static void		ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
-static int		ScrollbarWidgetCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *, int argc, const char **argv);
+static int		ScrollbarWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * Tk_ScrollbarCmd --
+ * Tk_ScrollbarObjCmd --
  *
  *	This function is invoked to process the "scrollbar" Tcl command. See
  *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
@@ -125,25 +121,22 @@ static int		ScrollbarWidgetCmd(ClientData clientData,
  */
 
 int
-Tk_ScrollbarCmd(
+Tk_ScrollbarObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
     register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr;
     Tk_Window newWin;
 
-    if (argc < 2) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"wrong # args: should be \"%s pathName ?-option value ...?\"",
-		argv[0]));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
+    if (objc < 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    newWin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, tkwin, argv[1], NULL);
+    newWin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL);
     if (newWin == NULL) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -162,8 +155,8 @@ Tk_ScrollbarCmd(
     scrollPtr->tkwin = newWin;
     scrollPtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin);
     scrollPtr->interp = interp;
-    scrollPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp,
-	    Tk_PathName(scrollPtr->tkwin), ScrollbarWidgetCmd,
+    scrollPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
+	    Tk_PathName(scrollPtr->tkwin), ScrollbarWidgetObjCmd,
 	    scrollPtr, ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc);
     scrollPtr->vertical = 0;
     scrollPtr->width = 0;
@@ -196,7 +189,7 @@ Tk_ScrollbarCmd(
     scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
     scrollPtr->flags = 0;
 
-    if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, argc-2, argv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
 	Tk_DestroyWindow(scrollPtr->tkwin);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -208,7 +201,7 @@ Tk_ScrollbarCmd(
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * ScrollbarWidgetCmd --
+ * ScrollbarWidgetObjCmd --
  *
  *	This function is invoked to process the Tcl command that corresponds
  *	to a widget managed by this module. See the user documentation for
@@ -224,30 +217,44 @@ Tk_ScrollbarCmd(
  */
 
 static int
-ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
+ScrollbarWidgetObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about scrollbar widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
     int result = TCL_OK;
-    size_t length;
-    int c;
-
-    if (argc < 2) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"wrong # args: should be \"%s option ?arg ...?\"", argv[0]));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
+    int length, cmdIndex;
+    static const char *const commandNames[] = {
+        "activate", "cget", "configure", "delta", "fraction",
+        "get", "identify", "set", NULL
+    };
+    enum command {
+        COMMAND_ACTIVATE, COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DELTA,
+        COMMAND_FRACTION, COMMAND_GET, COMMAND_IDENTIFY, COMMAND_SET
+    };
+
+    if (objc < 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
+    /*
+     * Parse the command by looking up the second argument in the list of
+     * valid subcommand names
+     */
+
+    result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], commandNames,
+	    "option", 0, &cmdIndex);
+    if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	return result;
+    }
     Tcl_Preserve(scrollPtr);
-    c = argv[1][0];
-    length = strlen(argv[1]);
-    if ((c == 'a') && (strncmp(argv[1], "activate", length) == 0)) {
-	int oldActiveField;
+    switch (cmdIndex) {
+    case COMMAND_ACTIVATE: {
+	int oldActiveField, c;
 
-	if (argc == 2) {
+	if (objc == 2) {
 	    const char *zone = "";
 
 	    switch (scrollPtr->activeField) {
@@ -258,21 +265,17 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
 	    goto done;
 	}
-	if (argc != 3) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "wrong # args: should be \"%s activate element\"",
-		    argv[0]));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
+	if (objc != 3) {
+		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "activate element");
 	    goto error;
 	}
-	c = argv[2][0];
-	length = strlen(argv[2]);
+	c = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length)[0];
 	oldActiveField = scrollPtr->activeField;
-	if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(argv[2], "arrow1") == 0)) {
+	if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow1") == 0)) {
 	    scrollPtr->activeField = TOP_ARROW;
-	} else if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(argv[2], "arrow2") == 0)) {
+	} else if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow2") == 0)) {
 	    scrollPtr->activeField = BOTTOM_ARROW;
-	} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(argv[2], "slider", length) == 0)) {
+	} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "slider", length) == 0)) {
 	    scrollPtr->activeField = SLIDER;
 	} else {
 	    scrollPtr->activeField = OUTSIDE;
@@ -280,41 +283,40 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
 	if (oldActiveField != scrollPtr->activeField) {
 	    TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
 	}
-    } else if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "cget", length) == 0)
-	    && (length >= 2)) {
-	if (argc != 3) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "wrong # args: should be \"%s cget option\"", argv[0]));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
+	break;
+    }
+    case COMMAND_CGET: {
+	if (objc != 3) {
+		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	result = Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, scrollPtr->tkwin,
-		configSpecs, (char *) scrollPtr, argv[2], 0);
-    } else if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "configure", length) == 0)
-	    && (length >= 2)) {
-	if (argc == 2) {
+		configSpecs, (char *) scrollPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
+	break;
+    }
+    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE: {
+	if (objc == 2) {
 	    result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, scrollPtr->tkwin,
 		    configSpecs, (char *) scrollPtr, NULL, 0);
-	} else if (argc == 3) {
+	} else if (objc == 3) {
 	    result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, scrollPtr->tkwin,
-		    configSpecs, (char *) scrollPtr, argv[2], 0);
+		    configSpecs, (char *) scrollPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
 	} else {
-	    result = ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, argc-2, argv+2,
-		    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
+	    result = ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, objc-2,
+		    objv+2, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
 	}
-    } else if ((c == 'd') && (strncmp(argv[1], "delta", length) == 0)) {
+	break;
+    }
+    case COMMAND_DELTA: {
 	int xDelta, yDelta, pixels, length;
 	double fraction;
 
-	if (argc != 4) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "wrong # args: should be \"%s delta xDelta yDelta\"",
-		    argv[0]));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
+	if (objc != 4) {
+		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "delta xDelta yDelta");
 	    goto error;
 	}
-	if ((Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &xDelta) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &yDelta) != TCL_OK)) {
+	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &xDelta) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &yDelta) != TCL_OK)) {
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
@@ -332,18 +334,18 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
 	    fraction = ((double) pixels / (double) length);
 	}
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(fraction));
-    } else if ((c == 'f') && (strncmp(argv[1], "fraction", length) == 0)) {
+	break;
+    }
+    case COMMAND_FRACTION: {
 	int x, y, pos, length;
 	double fraction;
 
-	if (argc != 4) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "wrong # args: should be \"%s fraction x y\"", argv[0]));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
+	if (objc != 4) {
+		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "fraction x y");
 	    goto error;
 	}
-	if ((Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
+	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
@@ -366,13 +368,13 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
 	    fraction = 1.0;
 	}
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(fraction));
-    } else if ((c == 'g') && (strncmp(argv[1], "get", length) == 0)) {
+	break;
+    }
+    case COMMAND_GET: {
 	Tcl_Obj *resObjs[4];
 
-	if (argc != 2) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "wrong # args: should be \"%s get\"", argv[0]));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
+	if (objc != 2) {
+		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get");
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	if (scrollPtr->flags & NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS) {
@@ -386,18 +388,18 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
 	    resObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->lastUnit);
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resObjs));
 	}
-    } else if ((c == 'i') && (strncmp(argv[1], "identify", length) == 0)) {
+	break;
+    }
+    case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
 	int x, y;
 	const char *zone = "";
 
-	if (argc != 4) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "wrong # args: should be \"%s identify x y\"", argv[0]));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
+	if (objc != 4) {
+		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "identify x y");
 	    goto error;
 	}
-	if ((Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
+	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	switch (TkpScrollbarPosition(scrollPtr, x, y)) {
@@ -408,16 +410,18 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
 	case BOTTOM_ARROW:	zone = "arrow2";  break;
 	}
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
-    } else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(argv[1], "set", length) == 0)) {
+	break;
+    }
+    case COMMAND_SET: {
 	int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit;
 
-	if (argc == 4) {
+	if (objc == 4) {
 	    double first, last;
 
-	    if (Tcl_GetDouble(interp, argv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
 		goto error;
 	    }
-	    if (Tcl_GetDouble(interp, argv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
 		goto error;
 	    }
 	    if (first < 0) {
@@ -435,23 +439,23 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
 		scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
 	    }
 	    scrollPtr->flags |= NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
-	} else if (argc == 6) {
-	    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
+	} else if (objc == 6) {
+	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
 		goto error;
 	    }
 	    if (totalUnits < 0) {
 		totalUnits = 0;
 	    }
-	    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {
 		goto error;
 	    }
 	    if (windowUnits < 0) {
 		windowUnits = 0;
 	    }
-	    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[4], &firstUnit) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &firstUnit) != TCL_OK) {
 		goto error;
 	    }
-	    if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[5], &lastUnit) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &lastUnit) != TCL_OK) {
 		goto error;
 	    }
 	    if (totalUnits > 0) {
@@ -474,23 +478,15 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
 	    }
 	    scrollPtr->flags &= ~NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
 	} else {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "wrong # args: should be "
-		    "\"%s set firstFraction lastFraction\" or "
-		    "\"%s set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit\"",
-		    argv[0], argv[0]));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
+		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set firstFraction lastFraction");
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " or \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
+			" set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit\"", NULL);
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
 	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
-    } else {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"bad option \"%s\": must be activate, cget, configure,"
-		" delta, fraction, get, identify, or set", argv[1]));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option",
-		argv[1], NULL);
-	goto error;
+	break;
+    }
     }
 
   done:
@@ -528,12 +524,12 @@ ConfigureScrollbar(
     register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
 				/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
-    const char **argv,		/* Arguments. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],		/* Arguments. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
-    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, scrollPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
-	    argc, argv, (char *) scrollPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, scrollPtr->tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
+	    (const char **)objv, (char *) scrollPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -626,6 +622,8 @@ TkScrollbarEventProc(
 		TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
 	    }
 	}
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
+	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
     }
 }
 
diff --git a/generic/tkSelect.c b/generic/tkSelect.c
index 2414b3d..ab9018a 100644
--- a/generic/tkSelect.c
+++ b/generic/tkSelect.c
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ TkSelInit(
      *	  http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html#x11
      */
 
-#if !defined(__WIN32__)
+#if !defined(_WIN32)
     dispPtr->utf8Atom		= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "UTF8_STRING");
 #else
     dispPtr->utf8Atom		= (Atom) 0;
diff --git a/generic/tkSquare.c b/generic/tkSquare.c
index 787630d..36d2d6e 100644
--- a/generic/tkSquare.c
+++ b/generic/tkSquare.c
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
 
 static void		SquareDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static int		SquareConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, Square *squarePtr);
-static void		SquareDestroy(char *memPtr);
+static void		SquareDestroy(void *memPtr);
 static void		SquareDisplay(ClientData clientData);
 static void		KeepInWindow(Square *squarePtr);
 static void		SquareObjEventProc(ClientData clientData,
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@ SquareWidgetObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], squareOptions, "command",
-	    0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], squareOptions,
+	    sizeof(char *), "command", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ SquareObjEventProc(
 	if (squarePtr->updatePending) {
 	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);
 	}
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree(squarePtr, SquareDestroy);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(squarePtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *) SquareDestroy);
     }
 }
 
@@ -554,9 +554,9 @@ SquareDisplay(
 
 static void
 SquareDestroy(
-    char *memPtr)		/* Info about square widget. */
+    void *memPtr)		/* Info about square widget. */
 {
-    Square *squarePtr = (Square *) memPtr;
+    Square *squarePtr = memPtr;
 
     ckfree(squarePtr);
 }
diff --git a/generic/tkStubInit.c b/generic/tkStubInit.c
index b1cdd53..f08d7f4 100644
--- a/generic/tkStubInit.c
+++ b/generic/tkStubInit.c
@@ -11,13 +11,13 @@
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
 
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
 /* UNIX */
 #define UNIX_TK
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@
 #include "tkIntXlibDecls.h"
 
 static const TkIntStubs tkIntStubs;
+MODULE_SCOPE const TkStubs tkStubs;
 
 /*
  * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
@@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ static const TkIntStubs tkIntStubs;
 
 #undef Tk_MainEx
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 
 int
 TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
@@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ TkCreateXEventSource(void)
 #   define TkSendCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
 #   define TkpTestsendCmd 0
 
-#else /* !__WIN32__ */
+#else /* !_WIN32 */
 
 /*
  * Make sure that extensions which call XParseColor through the stub
@@ -224,10 +225,7 @@ void TkSubtractRegion (TkRegion a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c)
 #	define TkUnionRectWithRegion (void (*) (XRectangle *, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XUnionRectWithRegion
 #	define TkSubtractRegion (void (*) (TkRegion, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XSubtractRegion
 #   endif
-#endif /* !__WIN32__ */
-
-#define reserved274 (void (*)(void)) Tk_DefineBitmap
-#define reserved275 (void (*)(void)) Tk_GetBitmapFromData
+#endif /* !_WIN32 */
 
 /*
  * WARNING: The contents of this file is automatically generated by the
@@ -361,20 +359,20 @@ static const TkIntStubs tkIntStubs = {
     TkSetRegion, /* 118 */
     TkUnionRectWithRegion, /* 119 */
     0, /* 120 */
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
     0, /* 121 */
 #endif /* X11 */
-#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
     0, /* 121 */
 #endif /* WIN */
 #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
     0, /* 121 */ /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
     TkpCreateNativeBitmap, /* 121 */
 #endif /* AQUA */
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
     0, /* 122 */
 #endif /* X11 */
-#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
     0, /* 122 */
 #endif /* WIN */
 #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
@@ -382,10 +380,10 @@ static const TkIntStubs tkIntStubs = {
     TkpDefineNativeBitmaps, /* 122 */
 #endif /* AQUA */
     0, /* 123 */
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
     0, /* 124 */
 #endif /* X11 */
-#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
     0, /* 124 */
 #endif /* WIN */
 #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
@@ -457,7 +455,7 @@ static const TkIntStubs tkIntStubs = {
 static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
     TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
     0,
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
     TkAlignImageData, /* 0 */
     0, /* 1 */
     TkGenerateActivateEvents, /* 2 */
@@ -558,11 +556,12 @@ static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
     TkGetTransientMaster, /* 49 */
     TkGenerateButtonEvent, /* 50 */
     TkGenWMDestroyEvent, /* 51 */
-    0, /* 52 */
+    TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled, /* 52 */
     TkpGetMS, /* 53 */
     TkMacOSXDrawable, /* 54 */
+    TkpScanWindowId, /* 55 */
 #endif /* AQUA */
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
     TkCreateXEventSource, /* 0 */
     0, /* 1 */
     0, /* 2 */
@@ -583,7 +582,7 @@ static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
 static const TkIntXlibStubs tkIntXlibStubs = {
     TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
     0,
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
     XSetDashes, /* 0 */
     XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
     XCreateImage, /* 2 */
@@ -799,7 +798,7 @@ static const TkIntXlibStubs tkIntXlibStubs = {
 static const TkPlatStubs tkPlatStubs = {
     TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
     0,
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
     Tk_AttachHWND, /* 0 */
     Tk_GetHINSTANCE, /* 1 */
     Tk_GetHWND, /* 2 */
@@ -1106,8 +1105,6 @@ const TkStubs tkStubs = {
     Tk_Interp, /* 271 */
     Tk_CreateOldImageType, /* 272 */
     Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat, /* 273 */
-    reserved274, /* 274 */
-    reserved275, /* 275 */
 };
 
 /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
diff --git a/generic/tkStubLib.c b/generic/tkStubLib.c
index b4063b5..ea48894 100644
--- a/generic/tkStubLib.c
+++ b/generic/tkStubLib.c
@@ -1,31 +1,19 @@
 /*
  * tkStubLib.c --
  *
- *	Stub object that will be statically linked into extensions that wish
+ *	Stub object that will be statically linked into extensions that want
  *	to access Tk.
  *
- * Copyright (c) 1998 Paul Duffin.
  * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
+ * Copyright (c) 1998 Paul Duffin.
  *
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  */
 
-/*
- * We need to ensure that we use the stub macros so that this file contains no
- * references to any of the stub functions. This will make it possible to
- * build an extension that references Tk_InitStubs but doesn't end up
- * including the rest of the stub functions.
- */
-
-#undef USE_TCL_STUBS
-#define USE_TCL_STUBS
-
-#define USE_TK_STUBS
-
 #include "tkInt.h"
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -33,7 +21,7 @@
 #include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
 #endif
 
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -58,8 +46,7 @@ const TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubsPtr = NULL;
  */
 
 static int
-isDigit(
-    const int c)
+isDigit(const int c)
 {
     return (c >= '0' && c <= '9');
 }
@@ -81,61 +68,73 @@ isDigit(
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-
+#undef Tk_InitStubs
 MODULE_SCOPE const char *
 Tk_InitStubs(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
     const char *version,
     int exact)
 {
-    ClientData pkgClientData = NULL;
-    const char *actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "Tk", version, 0,
-	    &pkgClientData);
-    const TkStubs *stubsPtr = pkgClientData;
-
-    if (!actualVersion) {
+    const char *packageName = "Tk";
+    const char *errMsg = NULL;
+    ClientData clientData = NULL;
+    const char *actualVersion = tclStubsPtr->tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp,
+	    packageName, version, 0, &clientData);
+    const TkStubs *stubsPtr = clientData;
+
+    if (actualVersion == NULL) {
 	return NULL;
     }
+
     if (exact) {
-        const char *p = version;
-        int count = 0;
+	const char *p = version;
+	int count = 0;
 
-        while (*p) {
-            count += !isDigit(*p++);
-        }
-        if (count == 1) {
+	while (*p) {
+	    count += !isDigit(*p++);
+	}
+	if (count == 1) {
 	    const char *q = actualVersion;
 
 	    p = version;
 	    while (*p && (*p == *q)) {
 		p++; q++;
 	    }
-            if (*p) {
+	    if (*p || isDigit(*q)) {
 		/* Construct error message */
-		Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "Tk", version, 1, NULL);
-                return NULL;
-            }
-        } else {
-            actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "Tk", version, 1, NULL);
-            if (actualVersion == NULL) {
-                return NULL;
-            }
-        }
+		tclStubsPtr->tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, packageName, version, 1, NULL);
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    actualVersion = tclStubsPtr->tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, packageName,
+		    version, 1, NULL);
+	    if (actualVersion == NULL) {
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
     }
-
-    if (!stubsPtr) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		"this implementation of Tk does not support stubs", -1));
-	return NULL;
+    if (stubsPtr == NULL) {
+	errMsg = "missing stub table pointer";
+    } else {
+	tkStubsPtr = stubsPtr;
+	if (stubsPtr->hooks) {
+	    tkPlatStubsPtr = stubsPtr->hooks->tkPlatStubs;
+	    tkIntStubsPtr = stubsPtr->hooks->tkIntStubs;
+	    tkIntPlatStubsPtr = stubsPtr->hooks->tkIntPlatStubs;
+	    tkIntXlibStubsPtr = stubsPtr->hooks->tkIntXlibStubs;
+	} else {
+	    tkPlatStubsPtr = NULL;
+	    tkIntStubsPtr = NULL;
+	    tkIntPlatStubsPtr = NULL;
+	    tkIntXlibStubsPtr = NULL;
+	}
+	return actualVersion;
     }
-
-    tkPlatStubsPtr = stubsPtr->hooks->tkPlatStubs;
-    tkIntStubsPtr = stubsPtr->hooks->tkIntStubs;
-    tkIntPlatStubsPtr = stubsPtr->hooks->tkIntPlatStubs;
-    tkIntXlibStubsPtr = stubsPtr->hooks->tkIntXlibStubs;
-    tkStubsPtr = stubsPtr;
-
-    return actualVersion;
+    tclStubsPtr->tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    tclStubsPtr->tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error loading ", packageName,
+	    " (requested version ", version, ", actual version ",
+	    actualVersion, "): ", errMsg, NULL);
+    return NULL;
 }
 
 /*
diff --git a/generic/tkStyle.c b/generic/tkStyle.c
index d5e1407..e7401df 100644
--- a/generic/tkStyle.c
+++ b/generic/tkStyle.c
@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ static int		SetStyleFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 
 /*
  * The following structure defines the implementation of the "style" Tcl
- * object, used for drawing. The internalRep.otherValuePtr field of each style
- * object points to the Style structure for the stylefont, or NULL.
+ * object, used for drawing. The internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 field of each
+ * style object points to the Style structure for the stylefont, or NULL.
  */
 
 static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
     if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
 	SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr);
     }
-    stylePtr = objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
+    stylePtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 
     return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
 }
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ Tk_GetStyleFromObj(
 	SetStyleFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
     }
 
-    return objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
+    return objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ SetStyleFromAny(
     }
 
     objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
-    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);
+    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);
 
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ static void
 FreeStyleObjProc(
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
 {
-    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = NULL;
+    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
     objPtr->typePtr = NULL;
 }
 
@@ -1541,8 +1541,8 @@ DupStyleObjProc(
     Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr)		/* The object we are copying to. */
 {
     dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
-    dupObjPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr =
-	    srcObjPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
+    dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 =
+	    srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 }
 
 /*
diff --git a/generic/tkTest.c b/generic/tkTest.c
index bd15739..fa9e073 100644
--- a/generic/tkTest.c
+++ b/generic/tkTest.c
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 #include "tkInt.h"
 #include "tkText.h"
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -139,8 +139,9 @@ typedef struct TrivialCommandHeader {
  * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
  */
 
-static int		ImageCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
+static int		ImageObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static int		TestbitmapObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
@@ -153,20 +154,24 @@ static int		TestcolorObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 static int		TestcursorObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
-static int		TestdeleteappsCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
+static int		TestdeleteappsObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static int		TestfontObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		TestmakeexistCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
-static int		TestmenubarCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
+static int		TestmakeexistObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
+static int		TestmenubarObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 #endif
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
-static int		TestmetricsCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+static int		TestmetricsObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 #endif
 static int		TestobjconfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
@@ -184,11 +189,13 @@ static void		CustomOptionRestore(ClientData clientData,
 			    char *saveInternalPtr);
 static void		CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr);
-static int		TestpropCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
-static int		TestwrapperCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
+static int		TestpropObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
+static int		TestwrapperObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 #endif
 static void		TrivialCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static int		TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
@@ -223,7 +230,7 @@ Tktest_Init(
     if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
+    if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -231,7 +238,7 @@ Tktest_Init(
      * Create additional commands for testing Tk.
      */
 
-    if (Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "Tktest", TK_VERSION) == TCL_ERROR) {
+    if (Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Tktest", TK_PATCH_LEVEL, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
         return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -244,32 +251,32 @@ Tktest_Init(
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
     Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testcursor", TestcursorObjCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testdeleteapps", TestdeleteappsCmd,
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testdeleteapps", TestdeleteappsObjCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testembed", TkpTestembedCmd,
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testembed", TkpTestembedCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
     Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testobjconfig", TestobjconfigObjCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
     Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfont", TestfontObjCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistCmd,
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistObjCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropCmd,
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropObjCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testtext", TkpTesttextCmd,
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testtext", TkpTesttextCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testmetrics", TestmetricsCmd,
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmetrics", TestmetricsObjCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-#else
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testmenubar", TestmenubarCmd,
+#elif !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmenubar", TestmenubarObjCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testsend", TkpTestsendCmd,
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testsend", TkpTestsendCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testwrapper", TestwrapperCmd,
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testwrapper", TestwrapperObjCmd,
 	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-#endif /* __WIN32__ || MAC_OSX_TK */
+#endif /* _WIN32 || MAC_OSX_TK */
 
     /*
      * Create test image type.
@@ -436,7 +443,7 @@ TestcursorObjCmd(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * TestdeleteappsCmd --
+ * TestdeleteappsObjCmd --
  *
  *	This function implements the "testdeleteapps" command. It cleans up
  *	all the interpreters left behind by the "testnewapp" command.
@@ -453,11 +460,11 @@ TestcursorObjCmd(
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
 static int
-TestdeleteappsCmd(
+TestdeleteappsObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     NewApp *nextPtr;
 
@@ -497,11 +504,11 @@ TestobjconfigObjCmd(
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     static const char *const options[] = {
-	"alltypes", "chain1", "chain2", "configerror", "delete", "info",
+	"alltypes", "chain1", "chain2", "chain3", "configerror", "delete", "info",
 	"internal", "new", "notenoughparams", "twowindows", NULL
     };
     enum {
-	ALL_TYPES, CHAIN1, CHAIN2, CONFIG_ERROR,
+	ALL_TYPES, CHAIN1, CHAIN2, CHAIN3, CONFIG_ERROR,
 	DEL,			/* Can't use DELETE: VC++ compiler barfs. */
 	INFO, INTERNAL, NEW, NOT_ENOUGH_PARAMS, TWO_WINDOWS
     };
@@ -547,8 +554,8 @@ TestobjconfigObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options, "command", 0, &index)
-	    != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], options,
+	    sizeof(char *), "command", 0, &index)!= TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -720,7 +727,8 @@ TestobjconfigObjCmd(
 	break;
     }
 
-    case CHAIN2: {
+    case CHAIN2:
+    case CHAIN3: {
 	ExtensionWidgetRecord *recordPtr;
 	static const Tk_OptionSpec extensionSpecs[] = {
 	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-three", "three", "Three", "three",
@@ -797,12 +805,15 @@ TestobjconfigObjCmd(
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tableName");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], options, "table", 0,
-		&index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], options,
+		sizeof(char *), "table", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (tables[index] != NULL) {
 	    Tk_DeleteOptionTable(tables[index]);
+	    /* Make sure that Tk_DeleteOptionTable() is never done
+	     * twice for the same table. */
+	    tables[index] = NULL;
 	}
 	break;
 
@@ -811,8 +822,8 @@ TestobjconfigObjCmd(
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tableName");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], options, "table", 0,
-		&index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], options,
+		sizeof(char *), "table", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkDebugConfig(interp, tables[index]));
@@ -1143,8 +1154,8 @@ TrivialConfigObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options, "command", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], options,
+	    sizeof(char *), "command", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -1321,8 +1332,8 @@ TestfontObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options, "command", 0, &index)
-	    != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], options,
+	    sizeof(char *), "command", 0, &index)!= TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -1403,7 +1414,7 @@ ImageCreate(
     strcpy(timPtr->imageName, name);
     timPtr->varName = ckalloc(strlen(varName) + 1);
     strcpy(timPtr->varName, varName);
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, name, ImageCmd, timPtr, NULL);
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImageObjCmd, timPtr, NULL);
     *clientDataPtr = timPtr;
     Tk_ImageChanged(master, 0, 0, 30, 15, 30, 15);
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -1412,7 +1423,7 @@ ImageCreate(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * ImageCmd --
+ * ImageObjCmd --
  *
  *	This function implements the commands corresponding to individual
  *	images.
@@ -1428,38 +1439,37 @@ ImageCreate(
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
 static int
-ImageCmd(
+ImageObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
     int x, y, width, height;
 
-    if (argc < 2) {
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
-		argv[0], "option ?arg ...?", NULL);
+    if (objc < 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (strcmp(argv[1], "changed") == 0) {
-	if (argc != 8) {
-	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
-		    " changed x y width height imageWidth imageHeight", NULL);
+    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "changed") == 0) {
+	if (objc != 8) {
+		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "changed x y width height"
+			" imageWidth imageHeight");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if ((Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[4], &width) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[5], &height) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[6], &timPtr->width) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[7], &timPtr->height) != TCL_OK)) {
+	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &width) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &height) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &timPtr->width) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[7], &timPtr->height) != TCL_OK)) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	Tk_ImageChanged(timPtr->master, x, y, width, height, timPtr->width,
 		timPtr->height);
     } else {
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
 		"\": must be changed", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -1496,7 +1506,7 @@ ImageGet(
     XGCValues gcValues;
 
     sprintf(buffer, "%s get", timPtr->imageName);
-    Tcl_SetVar(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, buffer,
+    Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
 	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
 
     instPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TImageInstance));
@@ -1543,8 +1553,8 @@ ImageDisplay(
     sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d %d %d",
 	    instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height,
 	    drawableX, drawableY);
-    Tcl_SetVar(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, buffer,
-	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, NULL,
+	    buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
     if (width > (instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX)) {
 	width = instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
     }
@@ -1586,8 +1596,8 @@ ImageFree(
     char buffer[200];
 
     sprintf(buffer, "%s free", instPtr->masterPtr->imageName);
-    Tcl_SetVar(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, buffer,
-	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, NULL,
+	    buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
     Tk_FreeColor(instPtr->fg);
     Tk_FreeGC(display, instPtr->gc);
     ckfree(instPtr);
@@ -1620,7 +1630,7 @@ ImageDelete(
     char buffer[100];
 
     sprintf(buffer, "%s delete", timPtr->imageName);
-    Tcl_SetVar(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, buffer,
+    Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
 	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
 
     Tcl_DeleteCommand(timPtr->interp, timPtr->imageName);
@@ -1632,7 +1642,7 @@ ImageDelete(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * TestmakeexistCmd --
+ * TestmakeexistObjCmd --
  *
  *	This function implements the "testmakeexist" command. It calls
  *	Tk_MakeWindowExist on each of its arguments to force the windows to be
@@ -1649,18 +1659,18 @@ ImageDelete(
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
 static int
-TestmakeexistCmd(
+TestmakeexistObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
     int i;
     Tk_Window tkwin;
 
-    for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
-	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[i], mainWin);
+    for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
+	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), mainWin);
 	if (tkwin == NULL) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -1673,7 +1683,7 @@ TestmakeexistCmd(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * TestmenubarCmd --
+ * TestmenubarObjCmd --
  *
  *	This function implements the "testmenubar" command. It is used to test
  *	the Unix facilities for creating space above a toplevel window for a
@@ -1689,53 +1699,50 @@ TestmakeexistCmd(
  */
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
 static int
-TestmenubarCmd(
+TestmenubarObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
 #ifdef __UNIX__
     Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin, menubar;
 
-    if (argc < 2) {
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args;  must be \"", argv[0],
-		" option ?arg ...?\"", NULL);
+    if (objc < 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (strcmp(argv[1], "window") == 0) {
-	if (argc != 4) {
-	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args;  must be \"", argv[0],
-		    "window toplevel menubar\"", NULL);
+    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "window") == 0) {
+	if (objc != 4) {
+	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "windows toplevel menubar");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[2], mainWin);
+	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), mainWin);
 	if (tkwin == NULL) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (argv[3][0] == 0) {
+	if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == 0) {
 	    TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, NULL);
 	} else {
-	    menubar = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[3], mainWin);
+	    menubar = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), mainWin);
 	    if (menubar == NULL) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	    TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, menubar);
 	}
     } else {
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
 		"\": must be  window", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
     return TCL_OK;
 #else
-    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "testmenubar is supported only under Unix",
-	    TCL_STATIC);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "testmenubar is supported only under Unix", NULL);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 #endif
 }
@@ -1744,7 +1751,7 @@ TestmenubarCmd(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * TestmetricsCmd --
+ * TestmetricsObjCmd --
  *
  *	This function implements the testmetrics command. It provides a way to
  *	determine the size of various widget components.
@@ -1758,53 +1765,51 @@ TestmenubarCmd(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
 static int
-TestmetricsCmd(
+TestmetricsObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
     int val;
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-    if (argc < 2) {
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args;  must be \"", argv[0],
-		" option ?arg ...?\"", NULL);
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (objc < 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 #else
     Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
     TkWindow *winPtr;
 
-    if (argc != 3) {
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args;  must be \"", argv[0],
-		" option window\"", NULL);
+    if (objc != 3) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[2], tkwin);
+    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
     if (winPtr == NULL) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 #endif
 
-    if (strcmp(argv[1], "cyvscroll") == 0) {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "cyvscroll") == 0) {
+#ifdef _WIN32
 	val = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVSCROLL);
 #else
 	val = ((TkScrollbar *) winPtr->instanceData)->width;
 #endif
-    } else  if (strcmp(argv[1], "cxhscroll") == 0) {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+    } else  if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "cxhscroll") == 0) {
+#ifdef _WIN32
 	val = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHSCROLL);
 #else
 	val = ((TkScrollbar *) winPtr->instanceData)->width;
 #endif
     } else {
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
 		"\": must be cxhscroll or cyvscroll", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -1817,7 +1822,7 @@ TestmetricsCmd(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * TestpropCmd --
+ * TestpropObjCmd --
  *
  *	This function implements the "testprop" command. It fetches and prints
  *	the value of a property on a window.
@@ -1833,11 +1838,11 @@ TestmetricsCmd(
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
 static int
-TestpropCmd(
+TestpropObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
     int result, actualFormat;
@@ -1848,14 +1853,13 @@ TestpropCmd(
     Window w;
     char buffer[30];
 
-    if (argc != 3) {
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args;  must be \"", argv[0],
-		" window property\"", NULL);
+    if (objc != 3) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window property");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    w = strtoul(argv[1], &end, 0);
-    propName = Tk_InternAtom(mainWin, argv[2]);
+    w = strtoul(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &end, 0);
+    propName = Tk_InternAtom(mainWin, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
     property = NULL;
     result = XGetWindowProperty(Tk_Display(mainWin),
 	    w, propName, 0, 100000, False, AnyPropertyType,
@@ -1868,7 +1872,7 @@ TestpropCmd(
 		    *p = '\n';
 		}
 	    }
-	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (/*!unsigned*/char*)property, TCL_VOLATILE);
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj((/*!unsigned*/char*)property, -1));
 	} else {
 	    for (p = property; length > 0; length--) {
 		if (actualFormat == 32) {
@@ -1892,11 +1896,11 @@ TestpropCmd(
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
-#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * TestwrapperCmd --
+ * TestwrapperObjCmd --
  *
  *	This function implements the "testwrapper" command. It provides a way
  *	from Tcl to determine the extra window Tk adds in between the toplevel
@@ -1913,23 +1917,22 @@ TestpropCmd(
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
 static int
-TestwrapperCmd(
+TestwrapperObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr, *wrapperPtr;
     Tk_Window tkwin;
 
-    if (argc != 2) {
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args;  must be \"", argv[0],
-		" window\"", NULL);
+    if (objc != 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
     tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
-    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], tkwin);
+    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), tkwin);
     if (winPtr == NULL) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -1939,7 +1942,7 @@ TestwrapperCmd(
 	char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
 
 	TkpPrintWindowId(buf, Tk_WindowId(wrapperPtr));
-	Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
     }
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -1982,7 +1985,7 @@ CustomOptionSet(
     char *saveInternalPtr,
     int flags)
 {
-    int objEmpty, length;
+    int objEmpty;
     char *newStr, *string, *internalPtr;
 
     objEmpty = 0;
@@ -2003,25 +2006,24 @@ CustomOptionSet(
     } else if ((*value)->bytes != NULL) {
 	objEmpty = ((*value)->length == 0);
     } else {
-	Tcl_GetStringFromObj((*value), &length);
-	objEmpty = (length == 0);
+	(void)Tcl_GetString(*value);
+	objEmpty = ((*value)->length == 0);
     }
 
     if ((flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK) && objEmpty) {
 	*value = NULL;
     } else {
-	string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj((*value), &length);
+	string = Tcl_GetString(*value);
 	Tcl_UtfToUpper(string);
 	if (strcmp(string, "BAD") == 0) {
-	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "expected good value, got \"BAD\"",
-		    TCL_STATIC);
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("expected good value, got \"BAD\"", -1));
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
     }
     if (internalPtr != NULL) {
-	if ((*value) != NULL) {
-	    string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj((*value), &length);
-	    newStr = ckalloc(length + 1);
+	if (*value != NULL) {
+	    string = Tcl_GetString(*value);
+	    newStr = ckalloc((*value)->length + 1);
 	    strcpy(newStr, string);
 	} else {
 	    newStr = NULL;
diff --git a/generic/tkText.c b/generic/tkText.c
index e7b1c4d..3079417 100644
--- a/generic/tkText.c
+++ b/generic/tkText.c
@@ -211,18 +211,18 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
 	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
 	DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, selFgColorPtr),
-	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
+	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-setgrid", "setGrid", "SetGrid",
 	DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, setGrid), 0, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing1", "spacing1", "Spacing",
 	DEF_TEXT_SPACING1, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing1),
-	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
+	0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
     {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing2", "spacing2", "Spacing",
 	DEF_TEXT_SPACING2, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing2),
-	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
+	0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
     {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing3", "spacing3", "Spacing",
 	DEF_TEXT_SPACING3, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing3),
-	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
+	0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
     {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-startline", NULL, NULL,
 	 NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, start), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
 	 &lineOption, TK_TEXT_LINE_RANGE},
@@ -402,6 +402,7 @@ static Tcl_Obj *	TextGetText(const TkText *textPtr,
 			    const TkTextIndex *index2, int visibleOnly);
 static void		GenerateModifiedEvent(TkText *textPtr);
 static void		UpdateDirtyFlag(TkSharedText *sharedPtr);
+static void		RunAfterSyncCmd(ClientData clientData);
 static void		TextPushUndoAction(TkText *textPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj *undoString, int insert,
 			    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
@@ -580,14 +581,6 @@ CreateWidget(
 	textPtr->end = NULL;
     }
 
-    /*
-     * Register with the B-tree. In some sense it would be best if we could do
-     * this later (after configuration options), so that any changes to
-     * start,end do not require a total recalculation.
-     */
-
-    TkBTreeAddClient(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr, textPtr->charHeight);
-
     textPtr->state = TK_TEXT_STATE_NORMAL;
     textPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
     textPtr->cursor = None;
@@ -598,6 +591,14 @@ CreateWidget(
     textPtr->prevHeight = Tk_Height(newWin);
 
     /*
+     * Register with the B-tree. In some sense it would be best if we could do
+     * this later (after configuration options), so that any changes to
+     * start,end do not require a total recalculation.
+     */
+
+    TkBTreeAddClient(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr, textPtr->charHeight);
+
+    /*
      * This will add refCounts to textPtr.
      */
 
@@ -702,15 +703,16 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
     static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
 	"bbox", "cget", "compare", "configure", "count", "debug", "delete",
 	"dlineinfo", "dump", "edit", "get", "image", "index", "insert",
-	"mark", "peer", "replace", "scan", "search", "see", "tag", "window",
-	"xview", "yview", NULL
+	"mark", "peer", "pendingsync", "replace", "scan", "search",
+	"see", "sync", "tag", "window", "xview", "yview", NULL
     };
     enum options {
 	TEXT_BBOX, TEXT_CGET, TEXT_COMPARE, TEXT_CONFIGURE, TEXT_COUNT,
 	TEXT_DEBUG, TEXT_DELETE, TEXT_DLINEINFO, TEXT_DUMP, TEXT_EDIT,
 	TEXT_GET, TEXT_IMAGE, TEXT_INDEX, TEXT_INSERT, TEXT_MARK,
-	TEXT_PEER, TEXT_REPLACE, TEXT_SCAN, TEXT_SEARCH, TEXT_SEE,
-	TEXT_TAG, TEXT_WINDOW, TEXT_XVIEW, TEXT_YVIEW
+	TEXT_PEER, TEXT_PENDINGSYNC, TEXT_REPLACE, TEXT_SCAN,
+	TEXT_SEARCH, TEXT_SEE, TEXT_SYNC, TEXT_TAG, TEXT_WINDOW,
+	TEXT_XVIEW, TEXT_YVIEW
     };
 
     if (objc < 2) {
@@ -718,8 +720,8 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     textPtr->refCount++;
@@ -859,9 +861,10 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 
 	for (i = 2; i < objc-2; i++) {
 	    int value, length;
-	    const char *option = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
+	    const char *option = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
 	    char c;
 
+	    length = objv[i]->length;
 	    if (length < 2 || option[0] != '-') {
 		goto badOption;
 	    }
@@ -880,7 +883,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 	    } else if (c == 'd' && (length > 8)
 		    && !strncmp("-displaylines", option, (unsigned) length)) {
 		TkTextLine *fromPtr, *lastPtr;
-		TkTextIndex index;
+		TkTextIndex index, index2;
 
 		int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexFromPtr, indexToPtr);
 		value = 0;
@@ -915,35 +918,44 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 		/*
 		 * We're going to count up all display lines in the logical
 		 * line of 'indexFromPtr' up to, but not including the logical
-		 * line of 'indexToPtr', and then subtract off what we didn't
-		 * want from 'from' and add on what we didn't count from 'to.
+		 * line of 'indexToPtr' (except if this line is elided), and
+                 * then subtract off what came in too much from elided lines,
+                 * also subtract off what we didn't want from 'from' and add
+		 * on what we didn't count from 'to'.
 		 */
 
-		while (index.linePtr != indexToPtr->linePtr) {
-		    value += TkTextUpdateOneLine(textPtr, fromPtr,0,&index,0);
-
-		    /*
-		     * We might have skipped past indexToPtr, if we have
-		     * multiple logical lines in a single display line.
-		     */
-		    if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index,indexToPtr) > 0) {
-			break;
-		    }
+                while (TkTextIndexCmp(&index,indexToPtr) < 0) {
+		    value += TkTextUpdateOneLine(textPtr, index.linePtr,
+                            0, &index, 0);
 		}
 
-		/*
-		 * Now we need to adjust the count to add on the number of
-		 * display lines in the last logical line, and subtract off
-		 * the number of display lines overcounted in the first
-		 * logical line. This logic is still ok if both indices are in
-		 * the same logical line.
-		 */
+                index2 = index;
+
+                /*
+                 * Now we need to adjust the count to:
+                 *   - subtract off the number of display lines between
+                 *     indexToPtr and index2, since we might have skipped past
+                 *     indexToPtr, if we have several logical lines in a
+                 *     single display line
+                 *   - subtract off the number of display lines overcounted
+                 *     in the first logical line
+                 *   - add on the number of display lines in the last logical
+                 *     line
+                 * This logic is still ok if both indexFromPtr and indexToPtr
+                 * are in the same logical line.
+                 */
 
+                index = *indexToPtr;
+                index.byteIndex = 0;
+                while (TkTextIndexCmp(&index,&index2) < 0) {
+                    value -= TkTextUpdateOneLine(textPtr, index.linePtr,
+                            0, &index, 0);
+                }
 		index.linePtr = indexFromPtr->linePtr;
 		index.byteIndex = 0;
 		while (1) {
 		    TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 1, NULL);
-		    if (index.byteIndex >= indexFromPtr->byteIndex) {
+                    if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index,indexFromPtr) >= 0) {
 			break;
 		    }
 		    TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &index, 1, &index);
@@ -955,7 +967,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 		    index.byteIndex = 0;
 		    while (1) {
 			TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 1, NULL);
-			if (index.byteIndex >= indexToPtr->byteIndex) {
+                        if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index,indexToPtr) >= 0) {
 			    break;
 			}
 			TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &index, 1, &index);
@@ -1260,12 +1272,14 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 
 	i = 2;
 	if (objc > 3) {
-	    name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
+	    name = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
+	    length = objv[i]->length;
 	    if (length > 1 && name[0] == '-') {
 		if (strncmp("-displaychars", name, (unsigned) length) == 0) {
 		    i++;
 		    visible = 1;
-		    name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
+		    name = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
+		    length = objv[i]->length;
 		}
 		if ((i < objc-1) && (length == 2) && !strcmp("--", name)) {
 		    i++;
@@ -1380,6 +1394,16 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
     case TEXT_PEER:
 	result = TextPeerCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
 	break;
+    case TEXT_PENDINGSYNC: {
+        if (objc != 2) {
+            Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
+            result = TCL_ERROR;
+            goto done;
+        }
+        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
+                Tcl_NewBooleanObj(TkTextPendingsync(textPtr)));
+        break;
+    }
     case TEXT_REPLACE: {
 	const TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, *indexToPtr;
 
@@ -1494,6 +1518,39 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
     case TEXT_SEE:
 	result = TkTextSeeCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
 	break;
+    case TEXT_SYNC: {
+	if (objc == 4) {
+	    Tcl_Obj *cmd = objv[3];
+	    const char *option = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+	    if (strncmp(option, "-command", objv[2]->length)) {
+		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong option \"", option, "\": should be \"-command\"", NULL);
+		result = TCL_ERROR;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmd);
+	    if (TkTextPendingsync(textPtr)) {
+		if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd) {
+		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
+		}
+		textPtr->afterSyncCmd = cmd;
+	    } else {
+		textPtr->afterSyncCmd = cmd;
+                Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RunAfterSyncCmd, (ClientData) textPtr);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	} else if (objc != 2) {
+	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-command command?");
+	    result = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd) {
+	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
+	}
+	textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
+	TkTextUpdateLineMetrics(textPtr, 1,
+		TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr), -1);
+	break;
+    }
     case TEXT_TAG:
 	result = TkTextTagCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
 	break;
@@ -1559,8 +1616,8 @@ SharedTextObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -1664,8 +1721,8 @@ TextPeerCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], peerOptionStrings,
-	    "peer option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], peerOptionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "peer option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -1983,6 +2040,10 @@ DestroyText(
     textPtr->tkwin = NULL;
     textPtr->refCount--;
     Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(textPtr->interp, textPtr->widgetCmd);
+    if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd){
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
+	textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
+    }
     if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
 	ckfree(textPtr);
     }
@@ -2332,6 +2393,7 @@ TextWorldChanged(
 {
     Tk_FontMetrics fm;
     int border;
+    int oldCharHeight = textPtr->charHeight;
 
     textPtr->charWidth = Tk_TextWidth(textPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
     if (textPtr->charWidth <= 0) {
@@ -2343,6 +2405,9 @@ TextWorldChanged(
     if (textPtr->charHeight <= 0) {
 	textPtr->charHeight = 1;
     }
+    if (textPtr->charHeight != oldCharHeight) {
+        TkBTreeClientRangeChanged(textPtr, textPtr->charHeight);
+    }
     border = textPtr->borderWidth + textPtr->highlightWidth;
     Tk_GeometryRequest(textPtr->tkwin,
 	    textPtr->width * textPtr->charWidth + 2*textPtr->padX + 2*border,
@@ -2552,9 +2617,9 @@ InsertChars(
     int *lineAndByteIndex;
     int resetViewCount;
     int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
+    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(stringPtr);
 
-    const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(stringPtr, &length);
-
+    length = stringPtr->length;
     if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
 	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
     }
@@ -3010,11 +3075,9 @@ DeleteIndexRange(
      * The code below is ugly, but it's needed to make sure there is always a
      * dummy empty line at the end of the text. If the final newline of the
      * file (just before the dummy line) is being deleted, then back up index
-     * to just before the newline. If there is a newline just before the first
-     * character being deleted, then back up the first index too, so that an
-     * even number of lines gets deleted. Furthermore, remove any tags that
-     * are present on the newline that isn't going to be deleted after all
-     * (this simulates deleting the newline and then adding a "clean" one back
+     * to just before the newline. Furthermore, remove any tags that are
+     * present on the newline that isn't going to be deleted after all (this
+     * simulates deleting the newline and then adding a "clean" one back
      * again). Note that index1 and index2 might now be equal again which
      * means that no text will be deleted but tags might be removed.
      */
@@ -3029,10 +3092,6 @@ DeleteIndexRange(
 	oldIndex2 = index2;
 	TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL, &oldIndex2, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
 	line2--;
-	if ((index1.byteIndex == 0) && (line1 != 0)) {
-	    TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL, &index1, 1, &index1, COUNT_INDICES);
-	    line1--;
-	}
 	arrayPtr = TkBTreeGetTags(&index2, NULL, &arraySize);
 	if (arrayPtr != NULL) {
 	    for (i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) {
@@ -3713,15 +3772,15 @@ TextSearchCmd(
 	    break;
 	}
 
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[i], switchStrings, "switch", 0,
-		&index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, objv[i], switchStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "switch", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    /*
 	     * Hide the -hidden option, generating the error description with
 	     * the side effects of T_GIFO.
 	     */
 
-	    (void) Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], switchStrings+1,
-		    "switch", 0, &index);
+	    (void) Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], switchStrings+1,
+		    sizeof(char *), "switch", 0, &index);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 
@@ -4093,7 +4152,8 @@ TextSearchAddNextLine(
 
     if (lenPtr != NULL) {
 	if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
-	    Tcl_GetStringFromObj(theLine, lenPtr);
+	    (void)Tcl_GetString(theLine);
+	    *lenPtr = theLine->length;
 	} else {
 	    *lenPtr = Tcl_GetCharLength(theLine);
 	}
@@ -4227,7 +4287,11 @@ TextSearchFoundMatch(
 		    matchOffset += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, -1);
 		}
 	    } else {
-		leftToScan -= segPtr->size;
+		if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
+		    leftToScan -= segPtr->size;
+		} else {
+		    leftToScan -= Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, -1);
+		}
 	    }
 	    curIndex.byteIndex += segPtr->size;
 	}
@@ -4482,8 +4546,8 @@ TkTextGetTabs(
 	}
 	i += 1;
 
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], tabOptionStrings,
-		"tab alignment", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], tabOptionStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "tab alignment", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    goto error;
 	}
 	tabPtr->alignment = (TkTextTabAlign) index;
@@ -4560,8 +4624,8 @@ TextDumpCmd(
 	if (Tcl_GetString(objv[arg])[0] != '-') {
 	    break;
 	}
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[arg], optStrings, "option", 0,
-		&index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[arg], optStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	switch ((enum opts) index) {
@@ -4619,7 +4683,8 @@ TextDumpCmd(
 	if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[arg], &index2) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[arg], &length);
+	str = Tcl_GetString(objv[arg]);
+	length = objv[arg]->length;
 	if (strncmp(str, "end", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
 	    atEnd = 1;
 	}
@@ -4936,9 +5001,20 @@ DumpSegment(
 	return 0;
     } else {
 	int oldStateEpoch = TkBTreeEpoch(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree);
-
-	Tcl_VarEval(interp, Tcl_GetString(command), " ", Tcl_GetString(tuple),
-		NULL);
+	Tcl_DString buf;
+	int code;
+
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(command), -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(tuple), -1);
+	code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
+	if (code != TCL_OK) {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
+		    "\n    (segment dumping command executed by text)");
+	    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
+	}
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tuple);
 	return ((textPtr->flags & DESTROYED) ||
 		TkBTreeEpoch(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree) != oldStateEpoch);
@@ -5077,8 +5153,8 @@ TextEditCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], editOptionStrings,
-	    "edit option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], editOptionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "edit option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -5341,6 +5417,52 @@ UpdateDirtyFlag(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
+ * RunAfterSyncCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is called by the event loop and executes the command
+ *      scheduled by [.text sync -command $cmd].
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Anything may happen, depending on $cmd contents.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+RunAfterSyncCmd(
+    ClientData clientData)		/* Information about text widget. */
+{
+    register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
+    int code;
+
+    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
+        /*
+        * The widget has been deleted. Don't do anything.
+        */
+
+        if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
+            ckfree((char *) textPtr);
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
+    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+    if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
+        Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp, "\n    (text sync)");
+        Tcl_BackgroundError(textPtr->interp);
+    }
+    Tcl_Release((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
+    textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
  * SearchPerform --
  *
  *	Overall control of search process. Is given a pattern, a starting
@@ -5541,7 +5663,8 @@ SearchCore(
 	 * it has dual purpose.
 	 */
 
-	pattern = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(patObj, &matchLength);
+	pattern = Tcl_GetString(patObj);
+	matchLength = patObj->length;
 	nl = strchr(pattern, '\n');
 
 	/*
@@ -6609,16 +6732,14 @@ static int
 ObjectIsEmpty(
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object to test. May be NULL. */
 {
-    int length;
-
     if (objPtr == NULL) {
 	return 1;
     }
     if (objPtr->bytes != NULL) {
 	return (objPtr->length == 0);
     }
-    Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
-    return (length == 0);
+    (void)Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
+    return (objPtr->length == 0);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -6643,8 +6764,8 @@ int
 TkpTesttextCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     TkText *textPtr;
     size_t len;
@@ -6653,45 +6774,41 @@ TkpTesttextCmd(
     char buf[64];
     Tcl_CmdInfo info;
 
-    if (argc < 3) {
+    if (objc < 3) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, argv[1], &info) == 0) {
+    if (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &info) == 0) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (info.isNativeObjectProc) {
-	textPtr = info.objClientData;
-    } else {
-	textPtr = info.clientData;
-    }
-    len = strlen(argv[2]);
-    if (strncmp(argv[2], "byteindex", len) == 0) {
-	if (argc != 5) {
+    textPtr = info.objClientData;
+    len = strlen(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
+    if (strncmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "byteindex", len) == 0) {
+	if (objc != 5) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	lineIndex = atoi(argv[3]) - 1;
-	byteIndex = atoi(argv[4]);
+	lineIndex = atoi(Tcl_GetString(objv[3])) - 1;
+	byteIndex = atoi(Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
 
 	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, lineIndex,
 		byteIndex, &index);
-    } else if (strncmp(argv[2], "forwbytes", len) == 0) {
-	if (argc != 5) {
+    } else if (strncmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "forwbytes", len) == 0) {
+	if (objc != 5) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (TkTextGetIndex(interp, textPtr, argv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TkTextGetIndex(interp, textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	byteOffset = atoi(argv[4]);
+	byteOffset = atoi(Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
 	TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &index, byteOffset, &index);
-    } else if (strncmp(argv[2], "backbytes", len) == 0) {
-	if (argc != 5) {
+    } else if (strncmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "backbytes", len) == 0) {
+	if (objc != 5) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (TkTextGetIndex(interp, textPtr, argv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TkTextGetIndex(interp, textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	byteOffset = atoi(argv[4]);
+	byteOffset = atoi(Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
 	TkTextIndexBackBytes(textPtr, &index, byteOffset, &index);
     } else {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
diff --git a/generic/tkText.h b/generic/tkText.h
index fb9eab2..fc92644 100644
--- a/generic/tkText.h
+++ b/generic/tkText.h
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ typedef struct TkTextSegment {
     int size;			/* Size of this segment (# of bytes of index
 				 * space it occupies). */
     union {
-	char chars[1];		/* Characters that make up character info.
+	char chars[2];		/* Characters that make up character info.
 				 * Actual length varies to hold as many
 				 * characters as needed.*/
 	TkTextToggle toggle;	/* Information about tag toggle. */
@@ -785,6 +785,8 @@ typedef struct TkText {
 				 * statements. */
     int autoSeparators;		/* Non-zero means the separators will be
 				 * inserted automatically. */
+    Tcl_Obj *afterSyncCmd;	/* Command to be executed when lines are up to
+                                 * date */
 } TkText;
 
 /*
@@ -1066,6 +1068,9 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void	TkTextIndexBackChars(const TkText *textPtr,
 			    TkTextIndex *dstPtr, TkTextCountType type);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TkTextIndexCmp(const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
 			    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	TkTextIndexCountBytes(const TkText *textPtr,
+			    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
+			    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TkTextIndexCount(const TkText *textPtr,
 			    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
 			    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr,
@@ -1106,6 +1111,7 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int	TkTextMarkNameToIndex(TkText *textPtr,
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TkTextMarkSegToIndex(TkText *textPtr,
 			    TkTextSegment *markPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TkTextEventuallyRepick(TkText *textPtr);
+MODULE_SCOPE Bool	TkTextPendingsync(TkText *textPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TkTextPickCurrent(TkText *textPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TkTextPixelIndex(TkText *textPtr, int x, int y,
 			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *nearest);
diff --git a/generic/tkTextBTree.c b/generic/tkTextBTree.c
index e34dae7..0fdc280 100644
--- a/generic/tkTextBTree.c
+++ b/generic/tkTextBTree.c
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ TkBTreeInsertChars(
     /*
      * I don't believe it's possible for either of the two lines passed to
      * this function to be the last line of text, but the function is robust
-     * to that case anyway. (We must never re-calculated the line height of
+     * to that case anyway. (We must never re-calculate the line height of
      * the last line).
      */
 
@@ -1879,8 +1879,7 @@ TkBTreePreviousLine(
  *	number of pixels in the widget.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The result is the index of linePtr within the tree, where 0
- *	corresponds to the first line in the tree.
+ *	The result is the pixel height of the top of the given line.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -1989,7 +1988,7 @@ TkBTreeLinesTo(
 	}
     }
     if (textPtr != NULL) {
-        /* 
+        /*
          * The index to return must be relative to textPtr, not to the entire
          * tree. Take care to never return a negative index when linePtr
          * denotes a line before -startline, or an index larger than the
@@ -3616,20 +3615,6 @@ TkTextIsElided(
     infoPtr->elidePriority = -1;
     for (i = infoPtr->numTags-1; i >=0; i--) {
 	if (infoPtr->tagCnts[i] & 1) {
-	    /*
-	     * Who would make the selection elided?
-	     */
-
-	    if ((tagPtr == textPtr->selTagPtr)
-		    && !(textPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)
-		    && (textPtr->inactiveSelBorder == NULL
-#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
-		    /* Don't show inactive selection in disabled widgets. */
-		    || textPtr->state == TK_TEXT_STATE_DISABLED
-#endif
-	    )) {
-		continue;
-	    }
 	    infoPtr->elide = infoPtr->tagPtrs[i]->elide;
 
 	    /*
diff --git a/generic/tkTextDisp.c b/generic/tkTextDisp.c
index d75f61c..1eea37d 100644
--- a/generic/tkTextDisp.c
+++ b/generic/tkTextDisp.c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 #include "tkInt.h"
 #include "tkText.h"
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
 #elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
@@ -243,7 +243,8 @@ typedef struct DLine {
 				 * top to bottom. Note: the next DLine doesn't
 				 * always correspond to the next line of text:
 				 * (a) can have multiple DLines for one text
-				 * line, and (b) can have gaps where DLine's
+				 * line (wrapping), (b) can have elided newlines,
+				 * and (c) can have gaps where DLine's
 				 * have been deleted because they're out of
 				 * date. */
     int flags;			/* Various flag bits: see below for values. */
@@ -543,7 +544,8 @@ static void		DisplayDLine(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr,
 static void		DisplayLineBackground(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr,
 			    DLine *prevPtr, Pixmap pixmap);
 static void		DisplayText(ClientData clientData);
-static DLine *		FindDLine(DLine *dlPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
+static DLine *		FindDLine(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr,
+                            const TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
 static void		FreeDLines(TkText *textPtr, DLine *firstPtr,
 			    DLine *lastPtr, int action);
 static void		FreeStyle(TkText *textPtr, TextStyle *stylePtr);
@@ -589,7 +591,10 @@ static int		TextGetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
 			    int *intPtr);
 static void		AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(ClientData clientData);
+static void		GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(TkText *textPtr, Bool InSync);
 static void		AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData);
+static int              IsStartOfNotMergedLine(TkText *textPtr,
+                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
 
 /*
  * Result values returned by TextGetScrollInfoObj:
@@ -655,17 +660,8 @@ TkTextCreateDInfo(
     dInfoPtr->metricEpoch = -1;
     dInfoPtr->metricIndex.textPtr = NULL;
     dInfoPtr->metricIndex.linePtr = NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * Add a refCount for each of the idle call-backs.
-     */
-
-    textPtr->refCount++;
-    dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(0,
-	    AsyncUpdateLineMetrics, textPtr);
-    textPtr->refCount++;
-    dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(200,
-	    AsyncUpdateYScrollbar, textPtr);
+    dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = NULL;
+    dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer = NULL;
 
     textPtr->dInfoPtr = dInfoPtr;
 }
@@ -1020,7 +1016,7 @@ FreeStyle(
  *	whose leftmost character is given by indexPtr.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The return value is a pointer to a DLine structure desribing the
+ *	The return value is a pointer to a DLine structure describing the
  *	display line. All fields are filled in and correct except for y and
  *	nextPtr.
  *
@@ -1644,7 +1640,7 @@ LayoutDLine(
      * Make one more pass over the line to recompute various things like its
      * height, length, and total number of bytes. Also modify the x-locations
      * of chunks to reflect justification. If we're not wrapping, I'm not sure
-     * what is the best way to handle left and center justification: should
+     * what is the best way to handle right and center justification: should
      * the total length, for purposes of justification, be (a) the window
      * width, (b) the length of the longest line in the window, or (c) the
      * length of the longest line in the text? (c) isn't available, (b) seems
@@ -1759,7 +1755,7 @@ UpdateDisplayInfo(
      */
 
     index = textPtr->topIndex;
-    dlPtr = FindDLine(dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, &index);
+    dlPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, &index);
     if ((dlPtr != NULL) && (dlPtr != dInfoPtr->dLinePtr)) {
 	FreeDLines(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, dlPtr, DLINE_UNLINK);
     }
@@ -1909,7 +1905,7 @@ UpdateDisplayInfo(
 		    prevPtr->index.linePtr) != lineHeight)) {
 		/*
 		 * The logical line height we just calculated is actually
-		 * differnt to the currently cached height of the text line.
+		 * different to the currently cached height of the text line.
 		 * That is fine (the text line heights are only calculated
 		 * asynchronously), but we must update the cached height so
 		 * that any counts made with DLine pointers are the same as
@@ -2222,7 +2218,7 @@ UpdateDisplayInfo(
      * Here's a problem: see the tests textDisp-29.2.1-4
      *
      * If the widget is being created, but has not yet been configured it will
-     * have a maxY of 1 above, and we we won't have examined all the lines
+     * have a maxY of 1 above, and we won't have examined all the lines
      * (just the first line, in fact), and so maxOffset will not be a true
      * reflection of the widget's lines. Therefore we must not overwrite the
      * original newXPixelOffset in this case.
@@ -2537,7 +2533,7 @@ DisplayLineBackground(
 				 * current x coordinate? */
     int matchRight;		/* Does line's style match its neighbor just
 				 * to the right of the current x-coord? */
-    int minX, maxX, xOffset;
+    int minX, maxX, xOffset, bw;
     StyleValues *sValuePtr;
     Display *display;
 #ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
@@ -2608,16 +2604,25 @@ DisplayLineBackground(
 		rightX = leftX + 32767;
 	    }
 
+            /*
+             * Prevent the borders from leaking on adjacent characters,
+             * which would happen for too large border width.
+             */
+
+            bw = sValuePtr->borderWidth;
+            if (leftX + sValuePtr->borderWidth > rightX) {
+                bw = rightX - leftX;
+            }
+
 	    XFillRectangle(display, pixmap, chunkPtr->stylePtr->bgGC,
 		    leftX + xOffset, y, (unsigned int) (rightX - leftX),
 		    (unsigned int) dlPtr->height);
 	    if (sValuePtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
 		Tk_3DVerticalBevel(textPtr->tkwin, pixmap, sValuePtr->border,
-			leftX + xOffset, y, sValuePtr->borderWidth,
-			dlPtr->height, 1, sValuePtr->relief);
+			leftX + xOffset, y, bw, dlPtr->height, 1,
+			sValuePtr->relief);
 		Tk_3DVerticalBevel(textPtr->tkwin, pixmap, sValuePtr->border,
-			rightX - sValuePtr->borderWidth + xOffset,
-			y, sValuePtr->borderWidth, dlPtr->height, 0,
+			rightX - bw + xOffset, y, bw, dlPtr->height, 0,
 			sValuePtr->relief);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -2714,22 +2719,29 @@ DisplayLineBackground(
 	matchRight = (nextPtr2 != NULL)
 		&& SAME_BACKGROUND(nextPtr2->stylePtr, chunkPtr->stylePtr);
 	if (matchLeft && !matchRight) {
+            bw = sValuePtr->borderWidth;
+            if (rightX2 - sValuePtr->borderWidth < leftX) {
+                bw = rightX2 - leftX;
+            }
 	    if (sValuePtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
 		Tk_3DVerticalBevel(textPtr->tkwin, pixmap, sValuePtr->border,
-			rightX2 - sValuePtr->borderWidth + xOffset, y,
-			sValuePtr->borderWidth, sValuePtr->borderWidth, 0,
-			sValuePtr->relief);
+			rightX2 - bw + xOffset, y, bw,
+			sValuePtr->borderWidth, 0, sValuePtr->relief);
 	    }
-	    leftX = rightX2 - sValuePtr->borderWidth;
+            leftX = rightX2 - bw;
 	    leftXIn = 0;
 	} else if (!matchLeft && matchRight
 		&& (sValuePtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) {
+            bw = sValuePtr->borderWidth;
+            if (rightX2 + sValuePtr->borderWidth > rightX) {
+                bw = rightX - rightX2;
+            }
 	    Tk_3DVerticalBevel(textPtr->tkwin, pixmap, sValuePtr->border,
-		    rightX2 + xOffset, y, sValuePtr->borderWidth,
-		    sValuePtr->borderWidth, 1, sValuePtr->relief);
+		    rightX2 + xOffset, y, bw, sValuePtr->borderWidth,
+		    1, sValuePtr->relief);
 	    Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(textPtr->tkwin, pixmap, sValuePtr->border,
-		    leftX + xOffset, y, rightX2 + sValuePtr->borderWidth -
-		    leftX, sValuePtr->borderWidth, leftXIn, 0, 1,
+		    leftX + xOffset, y, rightX2 + bw - leftX,
+		    sValuePtr->borderWidth, leftXIn, 0, 1,
 		    sValuePtr->relief);
 	}
 
@@ -2761,7 +2773,7 @@ DisplayLineBackground(
     chunkPtr2 = NULL;
     if (dlPtr->nextPtr != NULL && dlPtr->nextPtr->chunkPtr != NULL) {
 	/*
-	 * Find the chunk in the previous line that covers leftX.
+	 * Find the chunk in the next line that covers leftX.
 	 */
 
 	nextPtr2 = dlPtr->nextPtr->chunkPtr;
@@ -2817,26 +2829,33 @@ DisplayLineBackground(
 	matchRight = (nextPtr2 != NULL)
 		&& SAME_BACKGROUND(nextPtr2->stylePtr, chunkPtr->stylePtr);
 	if (matchLeft && !matchRight) {
+            bw = sValuePtr->borderWidth;
+            if (rightX2 - sValuePtr->borderWidth < leftX) {
+                bw = rightX2 - leftX;
+            }
 	    if (sValuePtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
 		Tk_3DVerticalBevel(textPtr->tkwin, pixmap, sValuePtr->border,
-			rightX2 - sValuePtr->borderWidth + xOffset,
+			rightX2 - bw + xOffset,
 			y + dlPtr->height - sValuePtr->borderWidth,
-			sValuePtr->borderWidth, sValuePtr->borderWidth, 0,
-			sValuePtr->relief);
+			bw, sValuePtr->borderWidth, 0, sValuePtr->relief);
 	    }
-	    leftX = rightX2 - sValuePtr->borderWidth;
+	    leftX = rightX2 - bw;
 	    leftXIn = 1;
 	} else if (!matchLeft && matchRight
 		&& (sValuePtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) {
+            bw = sValuePtr->borderWidth;
+            if (rightX2 + sValuePtr->borderWidth > rightX) {
+                bw = rightX - rightX2;
+            }
 	    Tk_3DVerticalBevel(textPtr->tkwin, pixmap, sValuePtr->border,
-		    rightX2 + xOffset, y + dlPtr->height -
-		    sValuePtr->borderWidth, sValuePtr->borderWidth,
+		    rightX2 + xOffset,
+		    y + dlPtr->height - sValuePtr->borderWidth, bw,
 		    sValuePtr->borderWidth, 1, sValuePtr->relief);
 	    Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(textPtr->tkwin, pixmap, sValuePtr->border,
-		    leftX + xOffset, y + dlPtr->height -
-		    sValuePtr->borderWidth, rightX2 + sValuePtr->borderWidth -
-		    leftX, sValuePtr->borderWidth, leftXIn, 1, 0,
-		    sValuePtr->relief);
+		    leftX + xOffset,
+		    y + dlPtr->height - sValuePtr->borderWidth,
+		    rightX2 + bw - leftX, sValuePtr->borderWidth, leftXIn,
+		    1, 0, sValuePtr->relief);
 	}
 
     nextChunk2b:
@@ -2886,9 +2905,10 @@ AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(
 
     dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = NULL;
 
-    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
+    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)
+            || !Tk_IsMapped(textPtr->tkwin)) {
 	/*
-	 * The widget has been deleted. Don't do anything.
+	 * The widget has been deleted, or is not mapped. Don't do anything.
 	 */
 
 	if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
@@ -2922,6 +2942,8 @@ AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(
     lineNum = TkTextUpdateLineMetrics(textPtr, lineNum,
 	    dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine, 256);
 
+    dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine = lineNum;
+
     if (tkTextDebug) {
 	char buffer[2 * TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 1];
 
@@ -2939,16 +2961,37 @@ AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(
 	/*
 	 * We have looped over all lines, so we're done. We must release our
 	 * refCount on the widget (the timer token was already set to NULL
-	 * above).
+	 * above). If there is a registered aftersync command, run that first.
 	 */
 
+        if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd) {
+            int code;
+            Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
+            code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd,
+                    TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+	    if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
+                Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp, "\n    (text sync)");
+                Tcl_BackgroundError(textPtr->interp);
+	    }
+            Tcl_Release((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
+            Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
+            textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
+	}
+
+        /*
+         * Fire the <<WidgetViewSync>> event since the widget view is in sync
+         * with its internal data (actually it will be after the next trip
+         * through the event loop, because the widget redraws at idle-time).
+         */
+
+        GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 1);
+
 	textPtr->refCount--;
 	if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
 	    ckfree(textPtr);
 	}
 	return;
     }
-    dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine = lineNum;
 
     /*
      * Re-arm the timer. We already have a refCount on the text widget so no
@@ -2962,6 +3005,45 @@ AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
+ * GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent --
+ *
+ *      Send the <<WidgetViewSync>> event related to the text widget
+ *      line metrics asynchronous update.
+ *      This is equivalent to:
+ *         event generate $textWidget <<WidgetViewSync>> -detail $s
+ *      where $s is the sync status: true (when the widget view is in
+ *      sync with its internal data) or false (when it is not).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      None
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      If corresponding bindings are present, they will trigger.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(
+    TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
+    Bool InSync)                /* True if in sync, false otherwise */
+{
+    union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virtual;} event;
+
+    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
+    event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
+    event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin));
+    event.general.xany.send_event = False;
+    event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(textPtr->tkwin);
+    event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin);
+    event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid("WidgetViewSync");
+    event.virtual.user_data = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(InSync);
+    Tk_HandleEvent(&event.general);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
  * TkTextUpdateLineMetrics --
  *
  *	This function updates the pixel height calculations of a range of
@@ -3334,6 +3416,7 @@ TextInvalidateLineMetrics(
 	textPtr->refCount++;
 	dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,
 		AsyncUpdateLineMetrics, textPtr);
+        GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 0);
     }
 }
 
@@ -3385,7 +3468,7 @@ TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(
 {
     TkTextIndex index;
 
-    if (!end && indexPtr->byteIndex == 0) {
+    if (!end && IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, indexPtr)) {
 	/*
 	 * Nothing to do.
 	 */
@@ -3463,7 +3546,8 @@ TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(
 		 */
 
 		*xOffset = DlineXOfIndex(textPtr, dlPtr,
-			indexPtr->byteIndex - dlPtr->index.byteIndex);
+			TkTextIndexCountBytes(textPtr, &dlPtr->index,
+			indexPtr));
 	    }
 	    if (end) {
 		/*
@@ -3533,6 +3617,27 @@ CalculateDisplayLineHeight(
     DLine *dlPtr;
     int pixelHeight;
 
+    if (tkTextDebug) {
+        int oldtkTextDebug = tkTextDebug;
+        /*
+         * Check that the indexPtr we are given really is at the start of a
+         * display line. The gymnastics with tkTextDebug is to prevent
+         * failure of a test suite test, that checks that lines are rendered
+         * exactly once. TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd is used here for checking
+         * indexPtr but it calls LayoutDLine/FreeDLine which makes the
+         * counting wrong. The debug mode shall therefore be switched off
+         * when calling TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd.
+         */
+
+        TkTextIndex indexPtr2 = *indexPtr;
+        tkTextDebug = 0;
+        TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &indexPtr2, 0, NULL);
+        tkTextDebug = oldtkTextDebug;
+        if (TkTextIndexCmp(&indexPtr2,indexPtr) != 0) {
+            Tcl_Panic("CalculateDisplayLineHeight called with bad indexPtr");
+        }
+    }
+
     /*
      * Special case for artificial last line. May be better to move this
      * inside LayoutDLine.
@@ -3599,26 +3704,44 @@ TkTextIndexYPixels(
 {
     int pixelHeight;
     TkTextIndex index;
+    int alreadyStartOfLine = 1;
+
+    /*
+     * Find the index denoting the closest position being at the same time
+     * the start of a logical line above indexPtr and the start of a display
+     * line.
+     */
 
-    pixelHeight = TkBTreePixelsTo(textPtr, indexPtr->linePtr);
+    index = *indexPtr;
+    while (1) {
+        TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 0, NULL);
+        if (index.byteIndex == 0) {
+            break;
+        }
+        TkTextIndexBackBytes(textPtr, &index, 1, &index);
+        alreadyStartOfLine = 0;
+    }
+
+    pixelHeight = TkBTreePixelsTo(textPtr, index.linePtr);
 
     /*
-     * Iterate through all display-lines corresponding to the single logical
-     * line belonging to indexPtr, adding up the pixel height of each such
-     * display line as we go along, until we go past 'indexPtr'.
+     * Shortcut to avoid layout of a superfluous display line. We know there
+     * is nothing more to add up to the height if the index we were given was
+     * already on the first display line of a logical line.
      */
 
-    if (indexPtr->byteIndex == 0) {
-	return pixelHeight;
+    if (alreadyStartOfLine) {
+        return pixelHeight;
     }
 
-    index.tree = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree;
-    index.linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
-    index.byteIndex = 0;
-    index.textPtr = NULL;
+    /*
+     * Iterate through display lines, starting at the logical line belonging
+     * to index, adding up the pixel height of each such display line as we
+     * go along, until we go past 'indexPtr'.
+     */
 
     while (1) {
-	int bytes, height;
+	int bytes, height, compare;
 
 	/*
 	 * Currently this call doesn't have many side-effects. However, if in
@@ -3630,9 +3753,10 @@ TkTextIndexYPixels(
 
 	height = CalculateDisplayLineHeight(textPtr, &index, &bytes, NULL);
 
-	index.byteIndex += bytes;
+        TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &index, bytes, &index);
 
-	if (index.byteIndex > indexPtr->byteIndex) {
+        compare = TkTextIndexCmp(&index,indexPtr);
+        if (compare > 0) {
 	    return pixelHeight;
 	}
 
@@ -3640,7 +3764,7 @@ TkTextIndexYPixels(
 	    pixelHeight += height;
 	}
 
-	if (index.byteIndex == indexPtr->byteIndex) {
+        if (compare == 0) {
 	    return pixelHeight;
 	}
     }
@@ -3704,10 +3828,26 @@ TkTextUpdateOneLine(
     }
 
     /*
+     * CalculateDisplayLineHeight _must_ be called (below) with an index at
+     * the beginning of a display line. Force this to happen. This is needed
+     * when TkTextUpdateOneLine is called with a line that is merged with its
+     * previous line: the number of merged logical lines in a display line is
+     * calculated correctly only when CalculateDisplayLineHeight receives
+     * an index at the beginning of a display line. In turn this causes the
+     * merged lines to receive their correct zero pixel height in
+     * TkBTreeAdjustPixelHeight.
+     */
+
+    TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, NULL);
+    linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
+
+    /*
      * Iterate through all display-lines corresponding to the single logical
-     * line 'linePtr', adding up the pixel height of each such display line as
-     * we go along. The final total is, therefore, the height of the logical
-     * line.
+     * line 'linePtr' (and lines merged into this line due to eol elision),
+     * adding up the pixel height of each such display line as we go along.
+     * The final total is, therefore, the total height of all display lines
+     * made up by the logical line 'linePtr' and subsequent logical lines
+     * merged into this line.
      */
 
     displayLines = 0;
@@ -3724,7 +3864,7 @@ TkTextUpdateOneLine(
 	 * test below this while loop.
 	 */
 
-	height = CalculateDisplayLineHeight(textPtr, indexPtr, &bytes,
+        height = CalculateDisplayLineHeight(textPtr, indexPtr, &bytes,
 		&logicalLines);
 
 	if (height > 0) {
@@ -3738,44 +3878,31 @@ TkTextUpdateOneLine(
 	    break;
 	}
 
-	if (logicalLines == 0) {
-	    if (indexPtr->linePtr != linePtr) {
-		/*
-		 * If we reached the end of the logical line, then either way
-		 * we don't have a partial calculation.
-		 */
+        if (mergedLines == 0) {
+            if (indexPtr->linePtr != linePtr) {
+                /*
+                 * If we reached the end of the logical line, then either way
+                 * we don't have a partial calculation.
+                 */
 
-		partialCalc = 0;
-		break;
-	    }
-	} else if (indexPtr->byteIndex != 0) {
-	    /*
-	     * We must still be on the same wrapped line.
-	     */
-	} else {
-	    /*
-	     * Must check if indexPtr is really a new logical line which is
-	     * not merged with the previous line. The only code that would
-	     * really know this is LayoutDLine, which doesn't pass the
-	     * information on, so we have to check manually here.
-	     */
-
-	    TkTextIndex idx;
-
-	    TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, &idx, COUNT_INDICES);
-	    if (!TkTextIsElided(textPtr, &idx, NULL)) {
-		/*
-		 * We've ended a logical line.
-		 */
-
-		partialCalc = 0;
-		break;
-	    }
+                partialCalc = 0;
+                break;
+            }
+        } else {
+            if (IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, indexPtr)) {
+                /*
+                 * We've ended a logical line.
+                 */
+
+                partialCalc = 0;
+                break;
+            }
 
-	    /*
-	     * We must still be on the same wrapped line.
-	     */
-	}
+            /*
+             * We must still be on the same wrapped line, on a new logical
+             * line merged with the logical line 'linePtr'.
+             */
+        }
 	if (partialCalc && displayLines > 50 && mergedLines == 0) {
 	    /*
 	     * Only calculate 50 display lines at a time, to avoid huge
@@ -3900,6 +4027,19 @@ DisplayText(
 				 * warnings. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp;
 
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
+    /*
+     * If drawing is disabled, all we need to do is
+     * clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
+     */
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)(textPtr->tkwin);
+    MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
+    if (macWin && (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW)){
+	dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
     if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
 	/*
 	 * The widget has been deleted.	 Don't do anything.
@@ -3915,14 +4055,6 @@ DisplayText(
 	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_textRelayout", NULL, "", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
     }
 
-    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
-	/*
-	 * The widget has been deleted.	 Don't do anything.
-	 */
-
-	goto end;
-    }
-
     if (!Tk_IsMapped(textPtr->tkwin) || (dInfoPtr->maxX <= dInfoPtr->x)
 	    || (dInfoPtr->maxY <= dInfoPtr->y)) {
 	UpdateDisplayInfo(textPtr);
@@ -3934,14 +4066,6 @@ DisplayText(
 	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_textRedraw", NULL, "", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
     }
 
-    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
-	/*
-	 * The widget has been deleted. Don't do anything.
-	 */
-
-	goto end;
-    }
-
     /*
      * Choose a new current item if that is needed (this could cause event
      * handlers to be invoked, hence the preserve/release calls and the loop,
@@ -4035,7 +4159,7 @@ DisplayText(
 	 */
 
 	if ((y + height) > dInfoPtr->maxY) {
-	    height = dInfoPtr->maxY -y;
+	    height = dInfoPtr->maxY - y;
 	}
 	oldY = dlPtr->oldY;
 	if (y < dInfoPtr->y) {
@@ -4091,6 +4215,7 @@ DisplayText(
 		oldY, dInfoPtr->maxX-dInfoPtr->x, height, 0, y-oldY,
 		damageRgn)) {
 	    TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);
+
 	}
 	numCopies++;
 	TkDestroyRegion(damageRgn);
@@ -4539,6 +4664,8 @@ TextChanged(
     TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
     DLine *firstPtr, *lastPtr;
     TkTextIndex rounded;
+    TkTextLine *linePtr;
+    int notBegin;
 
     /*
      * Schedule both a redisplay and a recomputation of display information.
@@ -4564,23 +4691,78 @@ TextChanged(
     /*
      * Find the DLines corresponding to index1Ptr and index2Ptr. There is one
      * tricky thing here, which is that we have to relayout in units of whole
-     * text lines: round index1Ptr back to the beginning of its text line, and
-     * include all the display lines after index2, up to the end of its text
-     * line. This is necessary because the indices stored in the display lines
-     * will no longer be valid. It's also needed because any edit could change
-     * the way lines wrap.
+     * text lines: This is necessary because the indices stored in the display
+     * lines will no longer be valid. It's also needed because any edit could
+     * change the way lines wrap.
+     * To relayout in units of whole text (logical) lines, round index1Ptr
+     * back to the beginning of its text line (or, if this line start is
+     * elided, to the beginning of the text line that starts the display line
+     * it is included in), and include all the display lines after index2Ptr,
+     * up to the end of its text line (or, if this line end is elided, up to
+     * the end of the first non elided text line after this line end).
      */
 
     rounded = *index1Ptr;
     rounded.byteIndex = 0;
-    firstPtr = FindDLine(dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, &rounded);
+    notBegin = 0;
+    while (!IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, &rounded) && notBegin) {
+        notBegin = !TkTextIndexBackBytes(textPtr, &rounded, 1, &rounded);
+        rounded.byteIndex = 0;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * 'rounded' now points to the start of a display line as well as the
+     * real (non elided) start of a logical line, and this index is the
+     * closest before index1Ptr.
+     */
+
+    firstPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, &rounded);
+
     if (firstPtr == NULL) {
+        /*
+         * index1Ptr pertains to no display line, i.e this index is after
+         * the last display line. Since index2Ptr is after index1Ptr, there
+         * is no display line to free/redisplay and we can return early.
+         */
+
 	return;
     }
-    lastPtr = FindDLine(dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, index2Ptr);
-    while ((lastPtr != NULL)
-	    && (lastPtr->index.linePtr == index2Ptr->linePtr)) {
-	lastPtr = lastPtr->nextPtr;
+
+    rounded = *index2Ptr;
+    linePtr = index2Ptr->linePtr;
+    do {
+        linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(textPtr, linePtr);
+        if (linePtr == NULL) {
+            break;
+        }
+        rounded.linePtr = linePtr;
+        rounded.byteIndex = 0;
+    } while (!IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, &rounded));
+
+    if (linePtr == NULL) {
+        lastPtr = NULL;
+    } else {
+        /*
+         * 'rounded' now points to the start of a display line as well as the
+         * start of a logical line not merged with its previous line, and
+         * this index is the closest after index2Ptr.
+         */
+
+        lastPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, &rounded);
+
+        /*
+         * At least one display line is supposed to change. This makes the
+         * redisplay OK in case the display line we expect to get here was
+         * unlinked by a previous call to TkTextChanged and the text widget
+         * did not update before reaching this point. This happens for
+         * instance when moving the cursor up one line.
+         * Note that lastPtr != NULL here, otherwise we would have returned
+         * earlier when we tested for firstPtr being NULL.
+         */
+
+        if (lastPtr == firstPtr) {
+            lastPtr = lastPtr->nextPtr;
+        }
     }
 
     /*
@@ -4760,14 +4942,13 @@ TextRedrawTag(
 	 * the line containing the previous character.
 	 */
 
-	if (curIndexPtr->byteIndex == 0) {
-	    dlPtr = FindDLine(dlPtr, curIndexPtr);
+	if (IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, curIndexPtr)) {
+	    dlPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dlPtr, curIndexPtr);
 	} else {
-	    TkTextIndex tmp;
+	    TkTextIndex tmp = *curIndexPtr;
 
-	    tmp = *curIndexPtr;
-	    tmp.byteIndex -= 1;
-	    dlPtr = FindDLine(dlPtr, &tmp);
+            TkTextIndexBackBytes(textPtr, &tmp, 1, &tmp);
+	    dlPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dlPtr, &tmp);
 	}
 	if (dlPtr == NULL) {
 	    break;
@@ -4783,9 +4964,9 @@ TextRedrawTag(
 	    curIndexPtr = &search.curIndex;
 	    endIndexPtr = curIndexPtr;
 	}
-	endPtr = FindDLine(dlPtr, endIndexPtr);
-	if ((endPtr != NULL) && (endPtr->index.linePtr == endIndexPtr->linePtr)
-		&& (endPtr->index.byteIndex < endIndexPtr->byteIndex)) {
+	endPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dlPtr, endIndexPtr);
+	if ((endPtr != NULL)
+                && (TkTextIndexCmp(&endPtr->index,endIndexPtr) < 0)) {
 	    endPtr = endPtr->nextPtr;
 	}
 
@@ -4903,7 +5084,7 @@ TkTextRelayoutWindow(
      * could change the way lines wrap.
      */
 
-    if (textPtr->topIndex.byteIndex != 0) {
+    if (!IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, &textPtr->topIndex)) {
 	TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &textPtr->topIndex, 0, NULL);
     }
 
@@ -4940,6 +5121,7 @@ TkTextRelayoutWindow(
 	    textPtr->refCount++;
 	    dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,
 		    AsyncUpdateLineMetrics, textPtr);
+            GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 0);
 	}
     }
 }
@@ -5016,9 +5198,9 @@ TkTextSetYView(
 	 */
 
 	textPtr->topIndex = *indexPtr;
-	if (indexPtr->byteIndex != 0) {
-	    TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &textPtr->topIndex, 0, NULL);
-	}
+        if (!IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, indexPtr)) {
+            TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &textPtr->topIndex, 0, NULL);
+        }
 	dInfoPtr->newTopPixelOffset = pickPlace;
 	goto scheduleUpdate;
     }
@@ -5032,7 +5214,7 @@ TkTextSetYView(
     if (dInfoPtr->flags & DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE) {
 	UpdateDisplayInfo(textPtr);
     }
-    dlPtr = FindDLine(dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, indexPtr);
+    dlPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, indexPtr);
     if (dlPtr != NULL) {
 	if ((dlPtr->y + dlPtr->height) > dInfoPtr->maxY) {
 	    /*
@@ -5041,19 +5223,23 @@ TkTextSetYView(
 	     */
 
 	    dlPtr = NULL;
-	} else if ((dlPtr->index.linePtr == indexPtr->linePtr)
-		&& (dlPtr->index.byteIndex <= indexPtr->byteIndex)) {
-	    if (dInfoPtr->dLinePtr == dlPtr && dInfoPtr->topPixelOffset != 0) {
-		/*
-		 * It is on the top line, but that line is hanging off the top
-		 * of the screen. Change the top overlap to zero and update.
-		 */
-
-		dInfoPtr->newTopPixelOffset = 0;
-		goto scheduleUpdate;
-	    }
-	    return;
-	}
+        } else {
+            if (TkTextIndexCmp(&dlPtr->index, indexPtr) <= 0) {
+                if (dInfoPtr->dLinePtr == dlPtr && dInfoPtr->topPixelOffset != 0) {
+                    /*
+                     * It is on the top line, but that line is hanging off the top
+                     * of the screen. Change the top overlap to zero and update.
+                     */
+
+                    dInfoPtr->newTopPixelOffset = 0;
+                    goto scheduleUpdate;
+                }
+                /*
+                 * The line is already on screen, with no need to scroll.
+                 */
+                return;
+            }
+        }
     }
 
     /*
@@ -5064,7 +5250,9 @@ TkTextSetYView(
      * If the line is not close, place it in the center of the window.
      */
 
-    lineHeight = CalculateDisplayLineHeight(textPtr, indexPtr, NULL, NULL);
+    tmpIndex = *indexPtr;
+    TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &tmpIndex, 0, NULL);
+    lineHeight = CalculateDisplayLineHeight(textPtr, &tmpIndex, NULL, NULL);
 
     /*
      * It would be better if 'bottomY' were calculated using the actual height
@@ -5105,12 +5293,21 @@ TkTextSetYView(
 
 	MeasureUp(textPtr, indexPtr, close + lineHeight
 		- textPtr->charHeight/2, &tmpIndex, &overlap);
-	if (FindDLine(dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, &tmpIndex) != NULL) {
+	if (FindDLine(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, &tmpIndex) != NULL) {
 	    bottomY = dInfoPtr->maxY - dInfoPtr->y;
 	}
     }
 
     /*
+     * If the window height is smaller than the line height, prefer to make
+     * the top of the line visible.
+     */
+
+    if (dInfoPtr->maxY - dInfoPtr->y < lineHeight) {
+        bottomY = lineHeight;
+    }
+
+    /*
      * Our job now is to arrange the display so that indexPtr appears as low
      * on the screen as possible but with its bottom no lower than bottomY.
      * BottomY is the bottom of the window if the desired line is just below
@@ -5243,6 +5440,8 @@ MeasureUp(
 
 	index.linePtr = TkBTreeFindLine(srcPtr->tree, textPtr, lineNum);
 	index.byteIndex = 0;
+        TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 0, NULL);
+        lineNum = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, index.linePtr);
 	lowestPtr = NULL;
 	do {
 	    dlPtr = LayoutDLine(textPtr, &index);
@@ -5263,8 +5462,21 @@ MeasureUp(
 	for (dlPtr = lowestPtr; dlPtr != NULL; dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr) {
 	    distance -= dlPtr->height;
 	    if (distance <= 0) {
-		*dstPtr = dlPtr->index;
-		if (overlap != NULL) {
+                *dstPtr = dlPtr->index;
+
+                /*
+                 * dstPtr is the start of a display line that is or is not
+                 * the start of a logical line. If it is the start of a
+                 * logical line, we must check whether this line is merged
+                 * with the previous logical line, and if so we must adjust
+                 * dstPtr to the start of the display line since a display
+                 * line start needs to be returned.
+                 */
+                if (!IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, dstPtr)) {
+                    TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, dstPtr, 0, NULL);
+                }
+
+                if (overlap != NULL) {
 		    *overlap = -distance;
 		}
 		break;
@@ -5364,16 +5576,24 @@ TkTextSeeCmd(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Find the chunk that contains the desired index. dlPtr may be NULL if
-     * the widget is not mapped. [Bug #641778]
+     * Find the display line containing the desired index. dlPtr may be NULL
+     * if the widget is not mapped. [Bug #641778]
      */
 
-    dlPtr = FindDLine(dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, &index);
+    dlPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, &index);
     if (dlPtr == NULL) {
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
-    byteCount = index.byteIndex - dlPtr->index.byteIndex;
+    /*
+     * Find the chunk within the display line that contains the desired
+     * index. The chunks making the display line are skipped up to but not
+     * including the one crossing index. Skipping is done based on a
+     * byteCount offset possibly spanning several logical lines in case
+     * they are elided.
+     */
+
+    byteCount = TkTextIndexCountBytes(textPtr, &dlPtr->index, &index);
     for (chunkPtr = dlPtr->chunkPtr; chunkPtr != NULL ;
 	    chunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
 	if (byteCount < chunkPtr->numBytes) {
@@ -5389,29 +5609,30 @@ TkTextSeeCmd(
      */
 
     if (chunkPtr != NULL) {
-	chunkPtr->bboxProc(textPtr, chunkPtr, byteCount,
-		dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove,
-		dlPtr->height - dlPtr->spaceAbove - dlPtr->spaceBelow,
-		dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, &x, &y, &width,
-		&height);
-	delta = x - dInfoPtr->curXPixelOffset;
-	oneThird = lineWidth/3;
-	if (delta < 0) {
-	    if (delta < -oneThird) {
-		dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset = x - lineWidth/2;
-	    } else {
-		dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset += delta;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    delta -= lineWidth - width;
-	    if (delta <= 0) {
-		return TCL_OK;
-	    } else if (delta > oneThird) {
-		dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset = x - lineWidth/2;
-	    } else {
-		dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset += delta;
-	    }
-	}
+        chunkPtr->bboxProc(textPtr, chunkPtr, byteCount,
+                dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove,
+                dlPtr->height - dlPtr->spaceAbove - dlPtr->spaceBelow,
+                dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, &x, &y, &width,
+                &height);
+        delta = x - dInfoPtr->curXPixelOffset;
+        oneThird = lineWidth/3;
+        if (delta < 0) {
+            if (delta < -oneThird) {
+                dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset = x - lineWidth/2;
+            } else {
+                dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset += delta;
+            }
+        } else {
+            delta -= lineWidth - width;
+            if (delta <= 0) {
+                return TCL_OK;
+            }
+            if (delta > oneThird) {
+                dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset = x - lineWidth/2;
+            } else {
+                dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset += delta;
+            }
+        }
     }
     dInfoPtr->flags |= DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE;
     if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
@@ -5648,7 +5869,25 @@ YScrollByLines(
 		offset++;
 		if (offset == 0) {
 		    textPtr->topIndex = dlPtr->index;
-		    break;
+
+                    /*
+                     * topIndex is the start of a logical line. However, if
+                     * the eol of the previous logical line is elided, then
+                     * topIndex may be elsewhere than the first character of
+                     * a display line, which is unwanted. Adjust to the start
+                     * of the display line, if needed.
+                     * topIndex is the start of a display line that is or is
+                     * not the start of a logical line. If it is the start of
+                     * a logical line, we must check whether this line is
+                     * merged with the previous logical line, and if so we
+                     * must adjust topIndex to the start of the display line.
+                     */
+                    if (!IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, &textPtr->topIndex)) {
+                        TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &textPtr->topIndex,
+                                0, NULL);
+                    }
+
+                    break;
 		}
 	    }
 
@@ -5888,6 +6127,35 @@ TkTextYviewCmd(
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  *
+ * TkTextPendingsync --
+ *
+ *	This function checks if any line heights are not up-to-date.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a boolean true if it is the case, or false if all line
+ *      heights are up-to-date.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Bool
+TkTextPendingsync(
+    TkText *textPtr)		/* Information about text widget. */
+{
+    TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
+
+    return (
+        ((dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1) &&
+         (dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine == dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine)) ?
+        0 : 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
  * TkTextScanCmd --
  *
  *	This function is invoked to process the "scan" option for the widget
@@ -6064,12 +6332,18 @@ GetXView(
     if (textPtr->xScrollCmd != NULL) {
 	char buf1[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
 	char buf2[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
+	Tcl_DString buf;
 
 	buf1[0] = ' ';
 	buf2[0] = ' ';
 	Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, buf1+1);
 	Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, buf2+1);
-	code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, textPtr->xScrollCmd, buf1, buf2, NULL);
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, textPtr->xScrollCmd, -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, buf1, -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, buf2, -1);
+	code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
 	if (code != TCL_OK) {
 	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
 		    "\n    (horizontal scrolling command executed by text)");
@@ -6129,13 +6403,10 @@ GetYPixelCount(
 
     /*
      * For the common case where this dlPtr is also the start of the logical
-     * line, we can return right away. Note the implicit assumption here that
-     * the start of a logical line is always the start of a display line (if
-     * the 'elide won't elide first newline' bug is fixed, this will no longer
-     * necessarily be true).
+     * line, we can return right away.
      */
 
-    if (dlPtr->index.byteIndex == 0) {
+    if (IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, &dlPtr->index)) {
 	return count;
     }
 
@@ -6346,12 +6617,18 @@ GetYView(
     if (textPtr->yScrollCmd != NULL) {
 	char buf1[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
 	char buf2[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
+	Tcl_DString buf;
 
 	buf1[0] = ' ';
 	buf2[0] = ' ';
 	Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, buf1+1);
 	Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, buf2+1);
-	code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, textPtr->yScrollCmd, buf1, buf2, NULL);
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, textPtr->yScrollCmd, -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, buf1, -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, buf2, -1);
+	code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
 	if (code != TCL_OK) {
 	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
 		    "\n    (vertical scrolling command executed by text)");
@@ -6416,11 +6693,13 @@ AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(
 
 static DLine *
 FindDLine(
+    TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget record for text widget. */
     register DLine *dlPtr,	/* Pointer to first in list of DLines to
 				 * search. */
     const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Index of desired character. */
 {
-    TkTextLine *linePtr;
+    DLine *dlPtrPrev;
+    TkTextIndex indexPtr2;
 
     if (dlPtr == NULL) {
 	return NULL;
@@ -6435,43 +6714,123 @@ FindDLine(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Find the first display line that covers the desired text line.
+     * The display line containing the desired index is such that the index
+     * of the first character of this display line is at or before the
+     * desired index, and the index of the first character of the next
+     * display line is after the desired index.
      */
 
-    linePtr = dlPtr->index.linePtr;
-    while (linePtr != indexPtr->linePtr) {
-	while (dlPtr->index.linePtr == linePtr) {
-	    dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr;
-	    if (dlPtr == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	    }
-	}
+    while (TkTextIndexCmp(&dlPtr->index,indexPtr) < 0) {
+        dlPtrPrev = dlPtr;
+        dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr;
+        if (dlPtr == NULL) {
+            /*
+             * We're past the last display line, either because the desired
+             * index lies past the visible text, or because the desired index
+             * is on the last display line.
+             */
+            indexPtr2 = dlPtrPrev->index;
+            TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &indexPtr2, dlPtrPrev->byteCount,
+                    &indexPtr2);
+            if (TkTextIndexCmp(&indexPtr2,indexPtr) > 0) {
+                /*
+                 * The desired index is on the last display line.
+                 * --> return this display line.
+                 */
+                dlPtr = dlPtrPrev;
+            } else {
+                /*
+                 * The desired index is past the visible text. There is no
+                 * display line displaying something at the desired index.
+                 * --> return NULL.
+                 */
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        if (TkTextIndexCmp(&dlPtr->index,indexPtr) > 0) {
+            /*
+             * If we're here then we would normally expect that:
+             *   dlPtrPrev->index  <=  indexPtr  <  dlPtr->index
+             * i.e. we have found the searched display line being dlPtr.
+             * However it is possible that some DLines were unlinked
+             * previously, leading to a situation where going through
+             * the list of display lines skips display lines that did
+             * exist just a moment ago.
+             */
+            indexPtr2 = dlPtrPrev->index;
+            TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &indexPtr2, dlPtrPrev->byteCount,
+                    &indexPtr2);
+            if (TkTextIndexCmp(&indexPtr2,indexPtr) > 0) {
+                /*
+                 * Confirmed:
+                 *   dlPtrPrev->index  <=  indexPtr  <  dlPtr->index
+                 * --> return dlPtrPrev.
+                 */
+                dlPtr = dlPtrPrev;
+            } else {
+                /*
+                 * The last (rightmost) index shown by dlPtrPrev is still
+                 * before the desired index. This may be because there was
+                 * previously a display line between dlPtrPrev and dlPtr
+                 * and this display line has been unlinked.
+                 * --> return dlPtr.
+                 */
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    }
 
-	/*
-	 * VMD: some concern here as to whether this logic, or the caller's
-	 * logic will work well with partial peer widgets.
-	 */
+    return dlPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * IsStartOfNotMergedLine --
+ *
+ *	This function checks whether the given index is the start of a
+ *      logical line that is not merged with the previous logical line
+ *      (due to elision of the eol of the previous line).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns whether the given index denotes the first index of a
+*       logical line not merged with its previous line.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
 
-	linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, linePtr);
-	if (linePtr == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("FindDLine reached end of text");
-	}
-    }
-    if (indexPtr->linePtr != dlPtr->index.linePtr) {
-	return dlPtr;
+static int
+IsStartOfNotMergedLine(
+      TkText *textPtr,              /* Widget record for text widget. */
+      CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)  /* Index to check. */
+{
+    TkTextIndex indexPtr2;
+
+    if (indexPtr->byteIndex != 0) {
+        /*
+         * Not the start of a logical line.
+         */
+        return 0;
     }
 
-    /*
-     * Now get to the right position within the text line.
-     */
+    if (TkTextIndexBackBytes(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, &indexPtr2)) {
+        /*
+         * indexPtr is the first index of the text widget.
+         */
+        return 1;
+    }
 
-    while (indexPtr->byteIndex >= (dlPtr->index.byteIndex+dlPtr->byteCount)) {
-	dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr;
-	if ((dlPtr == NULL) || (dlPtr->index.linePtr != indexPtr->linePtr)) {
-	    break;
-	}
+    if (!TkTextIsElided(textPtr, &indexPtr2, NULL)) {
+        /*
+         * The eol of the line just before indexPtr is elided.
+         */
+        return 1;
     }
-    return dlPtr;
+
+    return 0;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -6642,10 +7001,15 @@ DlineIndexOfX(
 	     * We've reached the end of the text.
 	     */
 
+            TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr, COUNT_INDICES);
 	    return;
 	}
 	if (chunkPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
-	    TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr, COUNT_INDICES);
+	    /*
+	     * We've reached the end of the display line.
+	     */
+
+            TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr, COUNT_INDICES);
 	    return;
 	}
 	chunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr;
@@ -6801,7 +7165,7 @@ TkTextIndexBbox(
     TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
     DLine *dlPtr;
     register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr;
-    int byteIndex;
+    int byteCount;
 
     /*
      * Make sure that all of the screen layout information is up to date.
@@ -6815,24 +7179,37 @@ TkTextIndexBbox(
      * Find the display line containing the desired index.
      */
 
-    dlPtr = FindDLine(dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, indexPtr);
+    dlPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, indexPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * Two cases shall be trapped here because the logic later really
+     * needs dlPtr to be the display line containing indexPtr:
+     *   1. if no display line contains the desired index (NULL dlPtr)
+     *   2. if indexPtr is before the first display line, in which case
+     *      dlPtr currently points to the first display line
+     */
+
     if ((dlPtr == NULL) || (TkTextIndexCmp(&dlPtr->index, indexPtr) > 0)) {
 	return -1;
     }
 
     /*
-     * Find the chunk within the line that contains the desired index.
+     * Find the chunk within the display line that contains the desired
+     * index. The chunks making the display line are skipped up to but not
+     * including the one crossing indexPtr. Skipping is done based on
+     * a byteCount offset possibly spanning several logical lines in case
+     * they are elided.
      */
 
-    byteIndex = indexPtr->byteIndex - dlPtr->index.byteIndex;
+    byteCount = TkTextIndexCountBytes(textPtr, &dlPtr->index, indexPtr);
     for (chunkPtr = dlPtr->chunkPtr; ; chunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
 	if (chunkPtr == NULL) {
 	    return -1;
 	}
-	if (byteIndex < chunkPtr->numBytes) {
+	if (byteCount < chunkPtr->numBytes) {
 	    break;
 	}
-	byteIndex -= chunkPtr->numBytes;
+	byteCount -= chunkPtr->numBytes;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -6842,13 +7219,13 @@ TkTextIndexBbox(
      * coordinate on the screen. Translate it to reflect horizontal scrolling.
      */
 
-    chunkPtr->bboxProc(textPtr, chunkPtr, byteIndex,
+    chunkPtr->bboxProc(textPtr, chunkPtr, byteCount,
 	    dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove,
 	    dlPtr->height - dlPtr->spaceAbove - dlPtr->spaceBelow,
 	    dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr,
 	    heightPtr);
     *xPtr = *xPtr + dInfoPtr->x - dInfoPtr->curXPixelOffset;
-    if ((byteIndex == chunkPtr->numBytes-1) && (chunkPtr->nextPtr == NULL)) {
+    if ((byteCount == chunkPtr->numBytes-1) && (chunkPtr->nextPtr == NULL)) {
 	/*
 	 * Last character in display line. Give it all the space up to the
 	 * line.
@@ -6946,7 +7323,16 @@ TkTextDLineInfo(
      * Find the display line containing the desired index.
      */
 
-    dlPtr = FindDLine(dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, indexPtr);
+    dlPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, indexPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * Two cases shall be trapped here because the logic later really
+     * needs dlPtr to be the display line containing indexPtr:
+     *   1. if no display line contains the desired index (NULL dlPtr)
+     *   2. if indexPtr is before the first display line, in which case
+     *      dlPtr currently points to the first display line
+     */
+
     if ((dlPtr == NULL) || (TkTextIndexCmp(&dlPtr->index, indexPtr) > 0)) {
 	return -1;
     }
@@ -8196,8 +8582,8 @@ TextGetScrollInfoObj(
     };
     int index;
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], subcommands, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], subcommands,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -8216,8 +8602,8 @@ TextGetScrollInfoObj(
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "number units|pages|pixels");
 	    return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[4], units, "argument", 0,
-		&index) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[4], units,
+		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
 	}
 	switch ((enum viewUnits) index) {
diff --git a/generic/tkTextImage.c b/generic/tkTextImage.c
index 1770cb6..41dd448 100644
--- a/generic/tkTextImage.c
+++ b/generic/tkTextImage.c
@@ -138,8 +138,8 @@ TkTextImageCmd(
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-	    &idx) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], optionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &idx) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     switch ((enum opts) idx) {
@@ -786,6 +786,10 @@ TkTextImageIndex(
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     TkTextSegment *eiPtr;
 
+    if (textPtr == NULL) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
     hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageTable, name);
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	return 0;
diff --git a/generic/tkTextIndex.c b/generic/tkTextIndex.c
index 25888d8..8820191 100644
--- a/generic/tkTextIndex.c
+++ b/generic/tkTextIndex.c
@@ -40,6 +40,9 @@ static const char *	StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
 static int		GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
 			    TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
 			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr);
+static int              IndexCountBytesOrdered(CONST TkText *textPtr,
+                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
+                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2);
 
 /*
  * The "textindex" Tcl_Obj definition:
@@ -48,8 +51,6 @@ static int		GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
 static void		DupTextIndexInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
 static void		FreeTextIndexInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *listPtr);
-static int		SetTextIndexFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 static void		UpdateStringOfTextIndex(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 
 /*
@@ -75,7 +76,7 @@ const Tcl_ObjType tkTextIndexType = {
     FreeTextIndexInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
     DupTextIndexInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
     NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
-    SetTextIndexFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
+    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
 };
 
 static void
@@ -142,18 +143,6 @@ UpdateStringOfTextIndex(
     strcpy(objPtr->bytes, buffer);
     objPtr->length = len;
 }
-
-static int
-SetTextIndexFromAny(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
-    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
-{
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-	    "can't convert value to textindex except via"
-	    " TkTextGetIndexFromObj API", -1));
-    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "API_ABUSE", NULL);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-}
 
 /*
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -760,9 +749,11 @@ GetIndex(
 
     /*
      *---------------------------------------------------------------------
-     * Stage 1: check to see if the index consists of nothing but a mark name.
-     * We do this check now even though it's also done later, in order to
-     * allow mark names that include funny characters such as spaces or "+1c".
+     * Stage 1: check to see if the index consists of nothing but a mark
+     * name, an embedded window or an embedded image.  We do this check
+     * now even though it's also done later, in order to allow mark names,
+     * embedded window names or image names that include funny characters
+     * such as spaces or "+1c".
      *---------------------------------------------------------------------
      */
 
@@ -770,6 +761,14 @@ GetIndex(
 	goto done;
     }
 
+    if (TkTextWindowIndex(textPtr, string, indexPtr) != 0) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if (TkTextImageIndex(textPtr, string, indexPtr) != 0) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+
     /*
      *------------------------------------------------
      * Stage 2: start again by parsing the base index.
@@ -1620,6 +1619,90 @@ TkTextIndexForwChars(
 /*
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
+ * TkTextIndexCountBytes --
+ *
+ *	Given a pair of indices in a text widget, this function counts how
+ *	many bytes are between the two indices. The two indices do not need
+ *	to be ordered.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The number of bytes in the given range.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkTextIndexCountBytes(
+    CONST TkText *textPtr,
+    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */
+    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */
+{
+    int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2);
+
+    if (compare == 0) {
+	return 0;
+    } else if (compare > 0) {
+	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr2, indexPtr1);
+    } else {
+	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr1, indexPtr2);
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+IndexCountBytesOrdered(
+    CONST TkText *textPtr,
+    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
+				/* Index describing location of character from
+				 * which to count. */
+    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2)
+				/* Index describing location of last character
+				 * at which to stop the count. */
+{
+    int byteCount, offset;
+    TkTextSegment *segPtr, *segPtr1;
+    TkTextLine *linePtr;
+
+    if (indexPtr1->linePtr == indexPtr2->linePtr) {
+        return indexPtr2->byteIndex - indexPtr1->byteIndex;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * indexPtr2 is on a line strictly after the line containing indexPtr1.
+     * Add up:
+     *   bytes between indexPtr1 and end of its line
+     *   bytes in lines strictly between indexPtr1 and indexPtr2
+     *   bytes between start of the indexPtr2 line and indexPtr2
+     */
+
+    segPtr1 = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr1, &offset);
+    byteCount = -offset;
+    for (segPtr = segPtr1; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
+        byteCount += segPtr->size;
+    }
+
+    linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(textPtr, indexPtr1->linePtr);
+    while (linePtr != indexPtr2->linePtr) {
+	for (segPtr = linePtr->segPtr; segPtr != NULL;
+                segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
+            byteCount += segPtr->size;
+        }
+        linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(textPtr, linePtr);
+        if (linePtr == NULL) {
+            Tcl_Panic("TextIndexCountBytesOrdered ran out of lines");
+        }
+    }
+
+    byteCount += indexPtr2->byteIndex;
+
+    return byteCount;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
  * TkTextIndexCount --
  *
  *	Given an ordered pair of indices in a text widget, this function
@@ -2122,7 +2205,7 @@ StartEnd(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
     const char *string,		/* String to parse for additional info about
 				 * modifier (count and units). Points to first
-				 * character of modifer word. */
+				 * character of modifier word. */
     TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Index to modify based on string. */
 {
     const char *p;
@@ -2244,7 +2327,7 @@ StartEnd(
 	int offset;
 
 	if (modifier == TKINDEX_DISPLAY) {
-	    TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, indexPtr, 0, indexPtr,
+	    TkTextIndexForwChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, indexPtr,
 		    COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
 	}
 
@@ -2273,11 +2356,20 @@ StartEnd(
 		}
 		firstChar = 0;
 	    }
-	    offset -= chSize;
-	    indexPtr->byteIndex -= chSize;
+            if (offset == 0) {
+                if (modifier == TKINDEX_DISPLAY) {
+                    TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
+                        COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
+                } else {
+                    TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
+                        COUNT_INDICES);
+                }
+            } else {
+                indexPtr->byteIndex -= chSize;
+            }
+            offset -= chSize;
 	    if (offset < 0) {
-		if (indexPtr->byteIndex < 0) {
-		    indexPtr->byteIndex = 0;
+		if (indexPtr->byteIndex == 0) {
 		    goto done;
 		}
 		segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
diff --git a/generic/tkTextMark.c b/generic/tkTextMark.c
index a306a05..6a41c77 100644
--- a/generic/tkTextMark.c
+++ b/generic/tkTextMark.c
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ static int		MarkLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr,
 			    int maxChars, int noCharsYet, TkWrapMode wrapMode,
 			    TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr);
 static int		MarkFindNext(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    TkText *textPtr, const char *markName);
+			    TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *markName);
 static int		MarkFindPrev(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    TkText *textPtr, const char *markName);
+			    TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *markName);
 
 
 /*
@@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ TkTextMarkCmd(
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], markOptionStrings, "mark option",
-	    0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], markOptionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "mark option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -205,13 +205,13 @@ TkTextMarkCmd(
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	return MarkFindNext(interp, textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
+	return MarkFindNext(interp, textPtr, objv[3]);
     case MARK_PREVIOUS:
 	if (objc != 4) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	return MarkFindPrev(interp, textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
+	return MarkFindPrev(interp, textPtr, objv[3]);
     case MARK_SET:
 	if (objc != 5) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markName index");
@@ -805,12 +805,13 @@ static int
 MarkFindNext(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* For error reporting */
     TkText *textPtr,		/* The widget */
-    const char *string)		/* The starting index or mark name */
+    Tcl_Obj *obj)			/* The starting index or mark name */
 {
     TkTextIndex index;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
     int offset;
+    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(obj);
 
     if (!strcmp(string, "insert")) {
 	segPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
@@ -838,7 +839,7 @@ MarkFindNext(
 	     * right at the index.
 	     */
 
-	    if (TkTextGetIndex(interp, textPtr, string, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, obj, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	    for (offset = 0, segPtr = index.linePtr->segPtr;
@@ -895,12 +896,13 @@ static int
 MarkFindPrev(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* For error reporting */
     TkText *textPtr,		/* The widget */
-    const char *string)		/* The starting index or mark name */
+    Tcl_Obj *obj)			/* The starting index or mark name */
 {
     TkTextIndex index;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     register TkTextSegment *segPtr, *seg2Ptr, *prevPtr;
     int offset;
+    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(obj);
 
     if (!strcmp(string, "insert")) {
 	segPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
@@ -925,7 +927,7 @@ MarkFindPrev(
 	     * right at the index.
 	     */
 
-	    if (TkTextGetIndex(interp, textPtr, string, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, obj, &index) != TCL_OK) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	    for (offset = 0, segPtr = index.linePtr->segPtr;
diff --git a/generic/tkTextTag.c b/generic/tkTextTag.c
index beb7eb5..3363d25 100644
--- a/generic/tkTextTag.c
+++ b/generic/tkTextTag.c
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec tagOptionSpecs[] = {
     {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bgstipple", NULL, NULL,
 	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, bgStipple), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", NULL, NULL,
-	"0", Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, borderWidthPtr), Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, borderWidth),
-	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT|TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
+	NULL, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, borderWidthPtr), Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, borderWidth),
+	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-elide", NULL, NULL,
-	"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, elideString),
-	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT|TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
+	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, elideString),
+	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-fgstipple", NULL, NULL,
 	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, fgStipple), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
@@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ TkTextTagCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], tagOptionStrings,
-	    "tag option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], tagOptionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "tag option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -169,6 +169,14 @@ TkTextTagCmd(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	tagPtr = TkTextCreateTag(textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), NULL);
+	if (tagPtr->elide) {
+		/*
+		* Indices are potentially obsolete after adding or removing
+		* elided character ranges, especially indices having "display"
+		* or "any" submodifier, therefore increase the epoch.
+		*/
+		textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch++;
+	}
 	for (i = 4; i < objc; i += 2) {
 	    if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[i],
 		    &index1) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -289,7 +297,7 @@ TkTextTagCmd(
 		    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable,
 		    (ClientData) tagPtr->name, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
 	    if (command == NULL) {
-		const char *string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
+		const char *string = Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
 
 		/*
 		 * Ignore missing binding errors. This is a special hack that
diff --git a/generic/tkTextWind.c b/generic/tkTextWind.c
index d2998da..c9fc20f 100644
--- a/generic/tkTextWind.c
+++ b/generic/tkTextWind.c
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ TkTextWindowCmd(
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], windOptionStrings,
-	    "window option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], windOptionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "window option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     switch ((enum windOptions) optionIndex) {
@@ -911,10 +911,10 @@ EmbWinLayoutProc(
 
 	if (dsPtr != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, before, (int) (string-before));
-	    code = Tcl_GlobalEval(textPtr->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
+	    code = Tcl_EvalEx(textPtr->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
 	    Tcl_DStringFree(dsPtr);
 	} else {
-	    code = Tcl_GlobalEval(textPtr->interp, ewPtr->body.ew.create);
+	    code = Tcl_EvalEx(textPtr->interp, ewPtr->body.ew.create, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
 	}
 	if (code != TCL_OK) {
 	    Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, code);
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ EmbWinLayoutProc(
 		Tcl_GetString(nameObj), textPtr->tkwin);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(nameObj);
 	if (ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_BackgroundError(textPtr->interp);
+	    Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, TCL_ERROR);
 	    goto gotWindow;
 	}
 
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ EmbWinLayoutProc(
 		    Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin)));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(textPtr->interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "HIERARCHY",
 		    NULL);
-	    Tcl_BackgroundError(textPtr->interp);
+	    Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, TCL_ERROR);
 	    ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
 	    goto gotWindow;
 	}
@@ -1134,6 +1134,16 @@ TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc(
 	    &lineX, &windowY, &width, &height);
     windowX = lineX - chunkPtr->x + x;
 
+    /*
+     * Mark the window as displayed so that it won't get unmapped.
+     * This needs to be done before the next instruction block because
+     * Tk_MaintainGeometry/Tk_MapWindow will run event handlers, in
+     * particular for the <Map> event, and if the bound script deletes
+     * the embedded window its clients will get freed.
+     */
+
+    client->displayed = 1;
+
     if (textPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(tkwin)) {
 	if ((windowX != Tk_X(tkwin)) || (windowY != Tk_Y(tkwin))
 		|| (Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin) != Tk_Width(tkwin))
@@ -1145,12 +1155,6 @@ TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc(
 	Tk_MaintainGeometry(tkwin, textPtr->tkwin, windowX, windowY,
 		width, height);
     }
-
-    /*
-     * Mark the window as displayed so that it won't get unmapped.
-     */
-
-    client->displayed = 1;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1340,6 +1344,10 @@ TkTextWindowIndex(
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     TkTextSegment *ewPtr;
 
+    if (textPtr == NULL) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
     hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->windowTable, name);
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	return 0;
diff --git a/generic/tkUndo.c b/generic/tkUndo.c
index a642e72..8359e0a 100644
--- a/generic/tkUndo.c
+++ b/generic/tkUndo.c
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ TkUndoSetDepth(
 	    prevelem = elem;
 	    elem = elem->next;
 	}
-	CLANG_ASSERT(prevelem); 
+	CLANG_ASSERT(prevelem);
 	prevelem->next = NULL;
 	while (elem != NULL) {
 	    prevelem = elem;
diff --git a/generic/tkUtil.c b/generic/tkUtil.c
index 385d1cb..7ff9ecb 100644
--- a/generic/tkUtil.c
+++ b/generic/tkUtil.c
@@ -729,8 +729,8 @@ Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(
     int *intPtr)		/* Filled in with number of pages or lines to
 				 * scroll, if any. */
 {
-    int length;
-    const char *arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);
+    const char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+    size_t length = objv[2]->length;
 
 #define ArgPfxEq(str) \
 	((arg[0] == str[0]) && !strncmp(arg, str, (unsigned)length))
@@ -753,7 +753,8 @@ Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(
 	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
 	}
 
-	arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &length);
+	arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
+	length = objv[4]->length;
 	if (ArgPfxEq("pages")) {
 	    return TK_SCROLL_PAGES;
 	} else if (ArgPfxEq("units")) {
@@ -970,7 +971,7 @@ TkFindStateNumObj(
      * Not there. Look in the state map.
      */
 
-    key = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(keyPtr, NULL);
+    key = Tcl_GetString(keyPtr);
     for (mPtr = mapPtr; mPtr->strKey != NULL; mPtr++) {
 	if (strcmp(key, mPtr->strKey) == 0) {
 	    typePtr = keyPtr->typePtr;
diff --git a/generic/tkWindow.c b/generic/tkWindow.c
index f4138b2..b5cbbab 100644
--- a/generic/tkWindow.c
+++ b/generic/tkWindow.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
 #elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
@@ -97,9 +97,8 @@ static const XSetWindowAttributes defAtts= {
 
 #define ISSAFE 1
 #define PASSMAINWINDOW 2
-#define NOOBJPROC 4
-#define WINMACONLY 8
-#define USEINITPROC 16
+#define WINMACONLY 4
+#define USEINITPROC 8
 
 typedef int (TkInitProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData clientData);
 typedef struct {
@@ -149,13 +148,13 @@ static const TkCmd commands[] = {
     {"label",		Tk_LabelObjCmd,		ISSAFE},
     {"labelframe",	Tk_LabelframeObjCmd,	ISSAFE},
     {"listbox",		Tk_ListboxObjCmd,	ISSAFE},
+    {"menu",		Tk_MenuObjCmd,	PASSMAINWINDOW},
     {"menubutton",	Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd,	ISSAFE},
     {"message",		Tk_MessageObjCmd,	ISSAFE},
     {"panedwindow",	Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd,	ISSAFE},
     {"radiobutton",	Tk_RadiobuttonObjCmd,	ISSAFE},
     {"scale",		Tk_ScaleObjCmd,		ISSAFE},
-    {"scrollbar",	(Tcl_ObjCmdProc *) Tk_ScrollbarCmd,
-					NOOBJPROC|PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
+    {"scrollbar",	Tk_ScrollbarObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
     {"spinbox",		Tk_SpinboxObjCmd,	ISSAFE},
     {"text",		Tk_TextObjCmd,		PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
     {"toplevel",	Tk_ToplevelObjCmd,	0},
@@ -177,8 +176,7 @@ static const TkCmd commands[] = {
     {"::tk::panedwindow",Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd,	ISSAFE},
     {"::tk::radiobutton",Tk_RadiobuttonObjCmd,	ISSAFE},
     {"::tk::scale",	Tk_ScaleObjCmd,		ISSAFE},
-    {"::tk::scrollbar",	(Tcl_ObjCmdProc *) Tk_ScrollbarCmd,
-					NOOBJPROC|PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
+    {"::tk::scrollbar",	Tk_ScrollbarObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
     {"::tk::spinbox",	Tk_SpinboxObjCmd,	ISSAFE},
     {"::tk::text",	Tk_TextObjCmd,		PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
     {"::tk::toplevel",	Tk_ToplevelObjCmd,	0},
@@ -188,7 +186,7 @@ static const TkCmd commands[] = {
      * these commands differently (via the script library).
      */
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
     {"tk_chooseColor",	Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd,	PASSMAINWINDOW},
     {"tk_chooseDirectory", Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd,WINMACONLY|PASSMAINWINDOW},
     {"tk_getOpenFile",	Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd,	WINMACONLY|PASSMAINWINDOW},
@@ -958,7 +956,7 @@ TkCreateMainWindow(
 	    Tcl_Panic("TkCreateMainWindow: builtin command with NULL string and object procs");
 	}
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
 	if ((cmdPtr->flags & WINMACONLY) && tclStubsPtr->reserved9) {
 	    /*
 	     * We are running on Cygwin, so don't use the win32 dialogs.
@@ -966,7 +964,7 @@ TkCreateMainWindow(
 
 	    continue;
 	}
-#endif /* __WIN32__ && !STATIC_BUILD */
+#endif /* _WIN32 && !STATIC_BUILD */
 
 	if (cmdPtr->flags & PASSMAINWINDOW) {
 	    clientData = tkwin;
@@ -975,9 +973,6 @@ TkCreateMainWindow(
 	}
 	if (cmdPtr->flags & USEINITPROC) {
 	    ((TkInitProc *) cmdPtr->objProc)(interp, clientData);
-	} else if (cmdPtr->flags & NOOBJPROC) {
-	    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name,
-		    (Tcl_CmdProc *) cmdPtr->objProc, clientData, NULL);
 	} else {
 	    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->objProc,
 		    clientData, NULL);
@@ -987,14 +982,12 @@ TkCreateMainWindow(
 	}
     }
 
-    TkCreateMenuCmd(interp);
-
     /*
      * Set variables for the intepreter.
      */
 
-    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tk_patchLevel", TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tk_version",    TK_VERSION,     TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_version",    NULL, TK_VERSION,     TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
 
     tsdPtr->numMainWindows++;
     return tkwin;
@@ -1467,7 +1460,7 @@ Tk_DestroyWindow(
 	TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr);
     }
     if (winPtr->window != None) {
-#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__WIN32__)
+#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(_WIN32)
 	XDestroyWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
 #else
 	if ((winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
@@ -1544,11 +1537,11 @@ Tk_DestroyWindow(
 	    if ((winPtr->mainPtr->interp != NULL) &&
 		    !Tcl_InterpDeleted(winPtr->mainPtr->interp)) {
 		for (cmdPtr = commands; cmdPtr->name != NULL; cmdPtr++) {
-		    Tcl_CreateCommand(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, cmdPtr->name,
-			    TkDeadAppCmd, NULL, NULL);
+		    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, cmdPtr->name,
+			    TkDeadAppObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
 		}
-		Tcl_CreateCommand(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, "send",
-			TkDeadAppCmd, NULL, NULL);
+		Tcl_CreateObjCommand(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, "send",
+			TkDeadAppObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
 		Tcl_UnlinkVar(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, "tk_strictMotif");
 		Tcl_UnlinkVar(winPtr->mainPtr->interp,
 			"::tk::AlwaysShowSelection");
@@ -1579,7 +1572,7 @@ Tk_DestroyWindow(
 	     * display now and relinquish its data structures.
 	     */
 
-#if !defined(WIN32) && defined(NOT_YET)
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && defined(NOT_YET)
 	    if (dispPtr->refCount <= 0) {
 		/*
 		 * I have disabled this code because on Windows there are
@@ -1627,7 +1620,7 @@ Tk_DestroyWindow(
 
 		TkCloseDisplay(dispPtr);
 	    }
-#endif /* !WIN32 && NOT_YET */
+#endif /* !_WIN32 && NOT_YET */
 	}
     }
     Tcl_EventuallyFree(winPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
@@ -2852,7 +2845,7 @@ DeleteWindowsExitProc(
     tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
 }
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WIN64__)
+#if defined(_WIN32)
 
 static HMODULE tkcygwindll = NULL;
 
@@ -2898,7 +2891,7 @@ TkCygwinMainEx(
     tkmainex(argc, argv, appInitProc, interp);
     return 1;
 }
-#endif /* __WIN32__ && !__WIN64__ */
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2927,7 +2920,7 @@ int
 Tk_Init(
     Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter to initialize. */
 {
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WIN64__)
+#if defined(_WIN32)
     if (tkcygwindll) {
 	int (*tkinit)(Tcl_Interp *);
 
@@ -2936,7 +2929,7 @@ Tk_Init(
 	    return tkinit(interp);
 	}
     }
-#endif /* __WIN32__ && !__WIN64__ */
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
     return Initialize(interp);
 }
 
@@ -3000,7 +2993,7 @@ Tk_SafeInit(
      * checked at several places to differentiate the two initialisations.
      */
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WIN64__)
+#if defined(_WIN32)
     if (tkcygwindll) {
 	int (*tksafeinit)(Tcl_Interp *);
 
@@ -3010,7 +3003,7 @@ Tk_SafeInit(
 	    return tksafeinit(interp);
 	}
     }
-#endif /* __WIN32__ && !__WIN64__ */
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
     return Initialize(interp);
 }
 
@@ -3047,11 +3040,10 @@ Initialize(
     ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
 
     /*
-     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl. This is really
-     * only an issue when Tk is loaded dynamically.
+     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
      */
 
-    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, TCL_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
+    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -3136,14 +3128,14 @@ Initialize(
 
 	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
 	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&ds, "::safe::TkInit");
-	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&ds, Tcl_GetStringResult(master));
+	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&ds, Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(master)));
 
 	/*
 	 * Step 2 : Eval in the master. The argument is the *reversed* interp
 	 * path of the slave.
 	 */
 
-	code = Tcl_Eval(master, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
+	code = Tcl_EvalEx(master, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), -1, 0);
 	if (code != TCL_OK) {
 	    /*
 	     * We might want to transfer the error message or not. We don't.
@@ -3164,7 +3156,7 @@ Initialize(
 	 * changing the code below.
 	 */
 
-	argString = Tcl_GetStringResult(master);
+	argString = Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(master));
     } else {
 	/*
 	 * If there is an "argv" variable, get its value, extract out relevant
@@ -3279,19 +3271,20 @@ Initialize(
      */
 
     if (geometry != NULL) {
-	Tcl_SetVar(interp, "geometry", geometry, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-	code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, "wm geometry . ", geometry, NULL);
+	Tcl_DString buf;
+
+	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "geometry", NULL, geometry, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, "wm geometry . ", -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, geometry, -1);
+	code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
 	if (code != TCL_OK) {
 	    goto done;
 	}
 	geometry = NULL;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, "Tcl", TCL_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
-	code = TCL_ERROR;
-	goto done;
-    }
-
     /*
      * Provide Tk and its stub table.
      */
@@ -3343,7 +3336,7 @@ Initialize(
 	 * an alternate [tkInit] command before calling Tk_Init().
 	 */
 
-	code = Tcl_Eval(interp,
+	code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp,
 "if {[namespace which -command tkInit] eq \"\"} {\n\
   proc tkInit {} {\n\
     global tk_library tk_version tk_patchLevel\n\
@@ -3351,7 +3344,7 @@ Initialize(
     tcl_findLibrary tk $tk_version $tk_patchLevel tk.tcl TK_LIBRARY tk_library\n\
   }\n\
 }\n\
-tkInit");
+tkInit", -1, 0);
     }
     if (code == TCL_OK) {
 	/*
@@ -3397,7 +3390,7 @@ Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck(
     const char * version,
     int exact)
 {
-    const char *actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, "Tk", version, 0);
+    const char *actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "Tk", version, 0, NULL);
 
     if (exact && actualVersion) {
 	const char *p = version;
@@ -3409,11 +3402,11 @@ Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck(
 	if (count == 1) {
 	    if (0 != strncmp(version, actualVersion, strlen(version))) {
 		/* Construct error message */
-		Tcl_PkgPresent(interp, "Tk", version, 1);
+		Tcl_PkgPresentEx(interp, "Tk", version, 1, NULL);
 		return NULL;
 	    }
 	} else {
-	    return Tcl_PkgPresent(interp, "Tk", version, 1);
+	    return Tcl_PkgPresentEx(interp, "Tk", version, 1, NULL);
 	}
     }
     return actualVersion;
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c b/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c
index 2954184..bc44f25 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c
@@ -413,8 +413,8 @@ typedef struct
 static Tk_OptionSpec CheckbuttonOptionSpecs[] =
 {
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
-	"", Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.variableObj), -1,
-	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,0,0},
+	NULL, Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.variableObj), -1,
+	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", "onValue", "OnValue",
 	"1", Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.onValueObj), -1,
 	0,0,0},
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkCache.c b/generic/ttk/ttkCache.c
index 39c76e0..0ae2372 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkCache.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkCache.c
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ static Tcl_Obj *Ttk_Use(
     } else {
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(cacheObj);
 	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, NULL);
-	Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
+	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, TCL_ERROR);
 	return NULL;
     }
 }
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Tk_Image Ttk_UseImage(Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
     Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, image);
 
     if (!image) {
-	Tcl_BackgroundError(cache->interp);
+	Tcl_BackgroundException(cache->interp, TCL_ERROR);
     }
 
     return image;
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c b/generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c
index 572f630..15ebcb7 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * off-by-one error in the end point. This is especially apparent with this
  * theme. Defining this macro as true handles this case.
  */
-#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK)
 #	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 1
 #else
 #	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 0
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkDecls.h b/generic/ttk/ttkDecls.h
index 3ff2f62..6701724 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkDecls.h
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkDecls.h
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ extern const char *TtkInitializeStubs(
 	interp, TTK_VERSION, TTK_STUBS_EPOCH, TTK_STUBS_REVISION)
 #else
 
-#define Ttk_InitStubs(interp) Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, "Ttk", TTK_VERSION, 0)
+#define Ttk_InitStubs(interp) Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "Ttk", TTK_VERSION, 0, NULL)
 
 #endif
 
@@ -23,6 +23,10 @@ extern const char *TtkInitializeStubs(
 #define TTK_STUBS_EPOCH 0
 #define TTK_STUBS_REVISION 31
 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
 /*
  * Exported function declarations:
  */
@@ -133,7 +137,7 @@ typedef struct TtkStubs {
     int magic;
     int epoch;
     int revision;
-    const struct TtkStubHooks *hooks;
+    void *hooks;
 
     Ttk_Theme (*ttk_GetTheme) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 0 */
     Ttk_Theme (*ttk_GetDefaultTheme) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 1 */
@@ -178,10 +182,8 @@ typedef struct TtkStubs {
     int (*ttk_GetOrientFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *orient); /* 40 */
 } TtkStubs;
 
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
 extern const TtkStubs *ttkStubsPtr;
+
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c b/generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c
index d2deee8..81f8126 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 #include <X11/Xutil.h>
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 
-#if defined(WIN32)
+#if defined(_WIN32)
 static const int WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK = 1;
 #else
 static const int WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK = 0;
@@ -722,8 +722,8 @@ static void MenubuttonArrowElementDraw(
     int width = 0, height = 0;
 
     Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &size);
-    Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, arrow->directionObj, directionStrings,
-	   ""/*message*/, 0/*flags*/, &postDirection);
+    Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, arrow->directionObj, directionStrings,
+	   sizeof(char *), ""/*message*/, 0/*flags*/, &postDirection);
 
     /* ... this might not be such a great idea ... */
     switch (postDirection) {
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkElements.c b/generic/ttk/ttkElements.c
index 22af1d6..5c95dba 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkElements.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkElements.c
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ static void TabElementDraw(
 	Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
 	pts, 6, Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
 
-#ifndef WIN32
+#ifndef _WIN32
     /*
      * Account for whether XDrawLines draws endpoints by platform
      */
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ void TtkElements_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
     /*
      * Register "default" as a user-loadable theme (for now):
      */
-    Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::default", TTK_VERSION);
+    Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "ttk::theme::default", TTK_VERSION, NULL);
 }
 
 /*EOF*/
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c b/generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c
index a962662..f395649 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ static void EntryRevalidateBG(Entry *entryPtr, VREASON reason)
 {
     Tcl_Interp *interp = entryPtr->core.interp;
     if (EntryRevalidate(interp, entryPtr, reason) == TCL_ERROR) {
-	Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
+	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, TCL_ERROR);
     }
 }
 
@@ -758,8 +758,8 @@ static int EntrySetValue(Entry *entryPtr, const char *value)
 	    Tcl_GetString(entryPtr->entry.textVariableObj);
 	if (textVarName && *textVarName) {
 	    entryPtr->core.flags |= SYNCING_VARIABLE;
-	    value = Tcl_SetVar(entryPtr->core.interp, textVarName,
-		    value, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
+	    value = Tcl_SetVar2(entryPtr->core.interp, textVarName,
+		    NULL, value, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
 	    entryPtr->core.flags &= ~SYNCING_VARIABLE;
 	    if (!value || WidgetDestroyed(&entryPtr->core)) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ static void EntryTextVariableTrace(void *recordPtr, const char *value)
     }
 
     if (entryPtr->core.flags & SYNCING_VARIABLE) {
-	/* Trace was fired due to Tcl_SetVar call in EntrySetValue.
+	/* Trace was fired due to Tcl_SetVar2 call in EntrySetValue.
 	 * Don't do anything.
 	 */
 	return;
@@ -1314,8 +1314,8 @@ EntryIndex(
     int *indexPtr)		/* Return value */
 {
 #   define EntryWidth(e) (Tk_Width(entryPtr->core.tkwin)) /* Not Right */
-    int length;
-    const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(indexObj, &length);
+    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(indexObj);
+    size_t length = indexObj->length;
 
     if (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0) {
 	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.numChars;
@@ -1644,6 +1644,14 @@ static int EntryXViewCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	int newFirst;
+	if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &newFirst) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	TtkScrollTo(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle, newFirst);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
     return TtkScrollviewCommand(interp, objc, objv, entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle);
 }
 
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl b/generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl
index 269d3ef..56ba2fa 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 #
 # SOURCE: tcl/tools/genStubs.tcl, revision 1.44
 #
-# CHANGES: 
+# CHANGES:
 #	+ Second argument to "declare" is used as a status guard
 #	  instead of a platform guard.
 #	+ Allow trailing semicolon in function declarations
@@ -290,14 +290,14 @@ proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}}} {
     set text ""
     switch $plat {
 	win {
-	    append text "#ifdef __WIN32__ /* WIN */\n${iftxt}"
+	    append text "#ifdef _WIN32 /* WIN */\n${iftxt}"
 	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
 		append text "#else /* WIN */\n${eltxt}"
 	    }
 	    append text "#endif /* WIN */\n"
 	}
 	unix {
-	    append text "#if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\
+	    append text "#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\
 		    /* UNIX */\n${iftxt}"
 	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
 		append text "#else /* UNIX */\n${eltxt}"
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}}} {
 	    append text "#endif /* AQUA */\n"
 	}
 	x11 {
-	    append text "#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\
+	    append text "#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\
 		    /* X11 */\n${iftxt}"
 	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
 		append text "#else /* X11 */\n${eltxt}"
@@ -572,8 +572,8 @@ proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} {
 	append text $rtype " *" $lfname "; /* $index */\n"
 	return $text
     }
-    if {[string range $rtype end-7 end] eq "CALLBACK"} {
-	append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-8]] " (CALLBACK *" $lfname ") "
+    if {[string range $rtype end-8 end] eq "__stdcall"} {
+	append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-9]] " (__stdcall *" $lfname ") "
     } else {
 	append text $rtype " (*" $lfname ") "
     }
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ proc genStubs::addGuard {status text} {
     set upName [string toupper $libraryName]
 
     switch -- $status {
-	current	{ 
+	current	{
 	    # No change
 	}
 	deprecated {
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ proc genStubs::addGuard {status text} {
 	    puts stderr "Unrecognized status code $status"
 	}
     }
-    return $text 
+    return $text
 }
 
 proc genStubs::ifdeffed {macro text} {
@@ -769,10 +769,12 @@ proc genStubs::emitHeader {name} {
 	append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION $revision\n"
     }
 
+    append text "\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n"
+
     emitDeclarations $name text
 
     if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
-	append text "\ntypedef struct ${capName}StubHooks {\n"
+	append text "\ntypedef struct {\n"
 	foreach hook $hooks($name) {
 	    set capHook [string toupper [string index $hook 0]]
 	    append capHook [string range $hook 1 end]
@@ -786,14 +788,17 @@ proc genStubs::emitHeader {name} {
 	append text "    int epoch;\n"
 	append text "    int revision;\n"
     }
-    append text "    const struct ${capName}StubHooks *hooks;\n\n"
+    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
+	append text "    const ${capName}StubHooks *hooks;\n\n"
+    } else {
+	append text "    void *hooks;\n\n"
+    }
 
     emitSlots $name text
 
     append text "} ${capName}Stubs;\n\n"
 
-    append text "#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n"
-    append text "extern const ${capName}Stubs *${name}StubsPtr;\n"
+    append text "extern const ${capName}Stubs *${name}StubsPtr;\n\n"
     append text "#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n"
 
     emitMacros $name text
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c b/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c
index 1d455d9..a5a3a52 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ static void NullImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
 
 /* TtkGetImageSpec --
  * 	Constructs a Ttk_ImageSpec * from a Tcl_Obj *.
- * 	Result must be released using TtkFreeImageSpec.  
+ * 	Result must be released using TtkFreeImageSpec.
  *
  * TODO: Need a variant of this that takes a user-specified ImageChanged proc
  */
@@ -364,8 +364,8 @@ Ttk_CreateImageElement(
 	}
 #endif
 
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
-		"option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK) {
 	    goto error;
 	}
 
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c b/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c
index 78676c6..dc6e994 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ int Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *statePtr)
 {
     *statePtr = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
-    return Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objPtr,
-	    ttkDefaultStrings, "default state", 0, statePtr);
+    return Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objPtr, ttkDefaultStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "default state", 0, statePtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ int Ttk_GetCompoundFromObj(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *statePtr)
 {
     *statePtr = TTK_COMPOUND_NONE;
-    return Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objPtr,
-	    ttkCompoundStrings, "compound layout", 0, statePtr);
+    return Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objPtr, ttkCompoundStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "compound layout", 0, statePtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ int Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
 {
     *resultPtr = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
-    return Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objPtr,
-	    ttkOrientStrings, "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
+    return Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objPtr, ttkOrientStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -65,18 +65,18 @@ int Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(
 static const char *ttkStateStrings[] = {
     "normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL
 };
-enum { 
+enum {
     TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL,
     TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY,
     TTK_COMPAT_STATE_DISABLED,
     TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE
 };
 
-/* TtkCheckStateOption -- 
+/* TtkCheckStateOption --
  * 	Handle -state compatibility option.
  *
- *	NOTE: setting -state disabled / -state enabled affects the 
- *	widget state, but the internal widget state does *not* affect 
+ *	NOTE: setting -state disabled / -state enabled affects the
+ *	widget state, but the internal widget state does *not* affect
  *	the value of the -state option.
  *	This option is present for compatibility only.
  */
@@ -86,7 +86,8 @@ void TtkCheckStateOption(WidgetCore *corePtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
     unsigned all = TTK_STATE_DISABLED|TTK_STATE_READONLY|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
 #   define SETFLAGS(f) TtkWidgetChangeState(corePtr, f, all^f)
 
-    (void)Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL,objPtr,ttkStateStrings,"",0,&stateOption);
+    (void)Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, objPtr, ttkStateStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "", 0, &stateOption);
     switch (stateOption) {
 	case TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL:
 	default:
@@ -174,7 +175,7 @@ int TtkGetOptionValue(
  * type name dbName dbClass default objOffset intOffset flags clientData mask
  */
 
-/* public */ 
+/* public */
 Tk_OptionSpec ttkCoreOptionSpecs[] =
 {
     {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", NULL,
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c b/generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c
index 0f71970..1037840 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c
@@ -293,6 +293,7 @@ static void ImageCleanup(ImageElement *image)
     TtkFreeImageSpec(image->imageSpec);
 }
 
+#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
 /*
  * StippleOver --
  * 	Draw a stipple over the image area, to make it look "grayed-out"
@@ -317,6 +318,7 @@ static void StippleOver(
 	Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(tkwin, image->stippleObj);
     }
 }
+#endif
 
 static void ImageDraw(
     ImageElement *image, Tk_Window tkwin,Drawable d,Ttk_Box b,Ttk_State state)
@@ -486,6 +488,7 @@ static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec LabelElementOptions[] = {
  * 	Calculate the text, image, and total width and height.
  */
 
+#undef  MAX
 #define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? a : b);
 static void LabelSetup(
     LabelElement *c, Tk_Window tkwin, Ttk_State state)
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c b/generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c
index de9d795..ba24589 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c
@@ -636,8 +636,8 @@ Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
 	    if (optName[0] != '-')
 		break;
 
-	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(
-		    interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option", 0, &option)
+	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optStrings,
+		    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option)
 		!= TCL_OK)
 	    {
 		goto error;
@@ -653,8 +653,8 @@ Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
 
 	    switch (option) {
 		case OP_SIDE:	/* <<NOTE-PACKSIDE>> */
-		    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], packSideStrings,
-				"side", 0, &value) != TCL_OK)
+		    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], packSideStrings,
+				sizeof(char *), "side", 0, &value) != TCL_OK)
 		    {
 			goto error;
 		    }
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkManager.c b/generic/ttk/ttkManager.c
index cf98a6d..24a0fb1 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkManager.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkManager.c
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ void Ttk_DeleteManager(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
 	ckfree(mgr->slaves);
     }
 
-    Tk_CancelIdleCall(ManagerIdleProc, mgr);
+    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ManagerIdleProc, mgr);
 
     ckfree(mgr);
 }
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c b/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c
index 6849135..81a8b64 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ static int NotebookAddCommand(
     if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
 	tab->state = TAB_STATE_NORMAL;
     }
-    if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb, tab, slaveWindow, objc-4,objv+4) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb, tab, slaveWindow, objc-3,objv+3) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -1058,9 +1058,8 @@ static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
 
     if (   Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-2], &x) != TCL_OK
 	|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &y) != TCL_OK
-	|| (objc == 5 &&
-	    Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], whatTable, "option", 0, &what)
-		!= TCL_OK)
+	|| (objc == 5 && Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], whatTable,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &what) != TCL_OK)
     ) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c b/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c
index f4b14c9..adc2aef 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c
@@ -731,9 +731,8 @@ static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
 
     if (   Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-2], &x) != TCL_OK
 	|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &y) != TCL_OK
-	|| (objc == 5 &&
-	    Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], whatTable, "option", 0, &what)
-		!= TCL_OK)
+	|| (objc == 5 && Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], whatTable,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &what) != TCL_OK)
     ) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkScroll.c b/generic/ttk/ttkScroll.c
index c02b868..2bd3ddb 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkScroll.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkScroll.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Scrollable interface:
  *
- * 	+ 'first' is controlled by [xy]view widget command 
+ * 	+ 'first' is controlled by [xy]view widget command
  * 	  and other scrolling commands like 'see';
  *      + 'total' depends on widget contents;
  *      + 'last' depends on first, total, and widget size.
@@ -16,15 +16,15 @@
  *
  * 	1. User adjusts scrollbar, scrollbar widget calls its -command
  * 	2. Scrollbar -command invokes the scrollee [xy]view widget method
- * 	3. TtkScrollviewCommand calls TtkScrollTo(), which updates 
+ * 	3. TtkScrollviewCommand calls TtkScrollTo(), which updates
  * 	   'first' and schedules a redisplay.
- * 	4. Once the scrollee knows 'total' and 'last' (typically in 
- * 	   the LayoutProc), call TtkScrolled(h,first,last,total) to 
+ * 	4. Once the scrollee knows 'total' and 'last' (typically in
+ * 	   the LayoutProc), call TtkScrolled(h,first,last,total) to
  * 	   synchronize the scrollbar.
  * 	5. The scrollee -[xy]scrollcommand is called (in an idle callback)
  * 	6. Which calls the scrollbar 'set' method and redisplays the scrollbar.
  *
- * If the scrollee has internal scrolling (e.g., a 'see' method), 
+ * If the scrollee has internal scrolling (e.g., a 'see' method),
  * it should TtkScrollTo() directly (step 2).
  *
  * If the widget value changes, it should call TtkScrolled() (step 4).
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
  * TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired, which will invoke step (5) (@@@ Fix this)
  */
 
-#include <tk.h>
+#include <tkInt.h>
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
 
@@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ static int UpdateScrollbar(Tcl_Interp *interp, ScrollHandle h)
     char arg1[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE + 2];
     char arg2[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE + 2];
     int code;
+    Tcl_DString buf;
 
     h->flags &= ~SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED;
 
@@ -88,9 +89,14 @@ static int UpdateScrollbar(Tcl_Interp *interp, ScrollHandle h)
     arg1[0] = arg2[0] = ' ';
     Tcl_PrintDouble(interp, (double)s->first / s->total, arg1+1);
     Tcl_PrintDouble(interp, (double)s->last / s->total, arg2+1);
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, s->scrollCmd, -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, arg1, -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, arg2, -1);
 
     Tcl_Preserve(corePtr);
-    code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, s->scrollCmd, arg1, arg2, NULL);
+    code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
     if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr)) {
 	Tcl_Release(corePtr);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -124,7 +130,7 @@ static void UpdateScrollbarBG(ClientData clientData)
     Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
     code = UpdateScrollbar(interp, h);
     if (code == TCL_ERROR && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) {
-	Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
+	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
     }
     Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
 }
@@ -135,7 +141,7 @@ static void UpdateScrollbarBG(ClientData clientData)
 void TtkScrolled(ScrollHandle h, int first, int last, int total)
 {
     Scrollable *s = h->scrollPtr;
-    
+
     /* Sanity-check inputs:
      */
     if (total <= 0) {
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c
index 5097abc..2f95962 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c
@@ -508,8 +508,9 @@ static void ThemeChangedProc(ClientData clientData)
     static char ThemeChangedScript[] = "ttk::ThemeChanged";
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
 
-    if (Tcl_GlobalEval(pkgPtr->interp, ThemeChangedScript) != TCL_OK) {
-	Tcl_BackgroundError(pkgPtr->interp);
+    int code = Tcl_EvalEx(pkgPtr->interp, ThemeChangedScript, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+    if (code != TCL_OK) {
+	Tcl_BackgroundException(pkgPtr->interp, code);
     }
     pkgPtr->themeChangePending = 0;
 }
@@ -1393,8 +1394,8 @@ static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
 
     for (i=4; i < objc; i +=2) {
 	int option;
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(
-	    interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK)
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK)
 	{
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -1673,7 +1674,7 @@ StyleObjCmd(
     return Ttk_InvokeEnsemble(StyleEnsemble, 1, clientData,interp,objc,objv);
 }
 
-MODULE_SCOPE 
+MODULE_SCOPE
 int Ttk_InvokeEnsemble(	/* Run an ensemble command */
     const Ttk_Ensemble *ensemble, int cmdIndex,
     void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c
index e6234b8..ba66db4 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ VarTraceProc(
 	    ckfree((ClientData)tracePtr);
 	    return NULL;
 	}
-	Tcl_TraceVar(interp, name,
+	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, name, NULL,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		VarTraceProc, clientData);
 	tracePtr->callback(tracePtr->clientData, NULL);
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ Ttk_TraceHandle *Ttk_TraceVariable(
     h->clientData = clientData;
     h->callback = callback;
 
-    status = Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(varnameObj),
-	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+    status = Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(varnameObj),
+	    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 	    VarTraceProc, (ClientData)h);
 
     if (status != TCL_OK) {
@@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ void Ttk_UntraceVariable(Ttk_TraceHandle *h)
 	    h->interp = NULL;
 	    return;
 	}
-	Tcl_UntraceVar(h->interp, Tcl_GetString(h->varnameObj),
-		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
+	Tcl_UntraceVar2(h->interp, Tcl_GetString(h->varnameObj),
+		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
 		VarTraceProc, (ClientData)h);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(h->varnameObj);
 	ckfree(h);
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c
index dc0206c..d957ad2 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c
@@ -340,8 +340,8 @@ static int GetEnumSetFromObj(
 
     for (i = 0; i < objc; ++i) {
 	int index;
-	if (TCL_OK != Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(
-		    interp, objv[i], table, "value", TCL_EXACT, &index))
+	if (TCL_OK != Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], table,
+		sizeof(char *), "value", TCL_EXACT, &index))
 	{
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -2287,8 +2287,8 @@ static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (   Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2],
-		submethodStrings, "command", TCL_EXACT, &submethod) != TCL_OK
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], submethodStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "command", TCL_EXACT, &submethod) != TCL_OK
         || Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK
 	|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK
     ) {
@@ -2955,8 +2955,8 @@ static int TreeviewSelectionCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], selopStrings,
-	    "selection operation", 0, &selop) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], selopStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "selection operation", 0, &selop) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -3170,6 +3170,8 @@ static int TreeviewTagAddCommand(
 	AddTag(items[i], tag);
     }
 
+    TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
+
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -3214,6 +3216,9 @@ static int TreeviewTagRemoveCommand(
 	    item=NextPreorder(item);
 	}
     }
+
+    TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
+
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c b/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c
index 016653d..c50efc5 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ WidgetInstanceObjCmdDeleted(ClientData clientData)
  *	 Final cleanup for widget; called via Tcl_EventuallyFree().
  */
 static void
-FreeWidget(char *memPtr)
+FreeWidget(void *memPtr)
 {
     ckfree(memPtr);
 }
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ DestroyWidget(WidgetCore *corePtr)
 	/* NB: this can reenter the interpreter via a command traces */
 	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(corePtr->interp, cmd);
     }
-    Tcl_EventuallyFree(corePtr, FreeWidget);
+    Tcl_EventuallyFree(corePtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *) FreeWidget);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -766,8 +766,8 @@ int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
     }
     if (objc == 5) {
 	/* $w identify element $x $y */
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp,objv[2],whatTable,"option",0,&what)
-		!= TCL_OK)
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], whatTable,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &what) != TCL_OK)
 	{
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h b/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h
index 9e9ab69..e4dd712 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int TtkGetLabelAnchorFromObj(
  * Platform-specific initialization.
  */
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
+#ifdef _WIN32
 #define Ttk_PlatformInit Ttk_WinPlatformInit
 MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_PlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *);
 #elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK)